units
faculty-ug-med
Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
This unit entry is for students who completed this unit in 2013 only. For students planning to study the unit, please refer to the unit indexes in the the current edition of the Handbook. If you have any queries contact the managing faculty for your course or area of study.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr George Assimakopoulos |
This unit explores the foundation of the paramedic clinician and introduces the roles expected of paramedics as clinicians. The unit will utilise a model of paramedic clinical competence as a framework to develop the foundations and skills of clinical approach, clinical problem solving, and clinical decision-making. The essential clinical skills will be developed in the clinical laboratory and simulation settings. A satisfactory level in all these essential clinical skills will be required before students can proceed with their course. The context of paramedic clinical practice will be provided by supervised clinical experience with emergency ambulance services.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Mid-semester test (1 hour): 20%
Clinical portfolio, hurdle requirement: 30%
Written exam (2 hour): 50%
Objective Structured Clinical Examination (Pass/Fail)
Hurdle requirements: To pass this unit the student must complete the clinical portfolio at the pass grade AND pass the written examination AND pass the Objective Structured Clinical Examination. 80% attendance at tutorials is mandatory to pass this unit.
6 hours per week involving lectures, tutorials, simulation, clinical laboratory and small group exercises.
Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) or the Bachelor of
Nursing/Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Nathan Stam |
Paramedics encounter an abundance of pharmaceutical agents within their practice. This unit is designed to assist students to develop foundational knowledge, skills and judgments regarding pharmacotherapy within community-based emergency health. The social, political, legal and ethical implications of drug use and abuse within the individual, family and community will also be examined. These concepts will be developed further in second and third year. Three of the course themes will be integrated throughout the unit:
Worksheet: (15%)
Calculations Exercise: (15%)
2000 word written report: (30%)
Examination: (40%)
12 hours study per week comprising:
2 x 2 hour lectures;
1 x 2 hour tutorials;
6 hours self directed study and preparation of assignments
The student is expected to undertake one hour of self-directed study for each contact hour.
Enrolment in the Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Miss Alyse Miller |
This unit uses the framework of human development throughout the lifespan to identify health and, specifically, emergency health issues at various stages of the lifespan. Students will investigate the roles of paramedics and allied health professionals in assessing human development and maintaining health across the lifespan and will explore issues relating to death and grieving. Included in this unit will be clinical visits to selected agencies to provide clinical context to the theoretical background.
Written assignment (2000 words): 35%
Examination (2 hours): 45%
Community visit portfolio: 20%
Hurdle requirements: To pass this unit the student must attend the community visit AND successfully complete the community visit portfolio. 80% attendance at tutorials is mandatory to pass this unit.
6 hours per week involving lectures, tutorials, small group exercises, and field trips.
Must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr George Assimakopoulos |
This unit builds on the foundation of the paramedic clinician and expands the roles expected of paramedics as clinicians. The unit will utilise a model of paramedic clinical competence as a framework to develop the foundations and skills of clinical approach, clinical problem solving, clinical decision-making, and scene management. The unit will develop scientific knowledge and understanding of selected concepts of disease/injury and require students to integrate this knowledge in the clinical laboratory and simulation settings. The unit uses a patient-centred safety framework as a foundation and is designed to assist students to understand the scope of practice and clinical pathways available in community based emergency healthcare.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Mid-semester test (1 hour): 20%
Clinical portfolio - Hurdle requirement: 30%
Written exam (2 hour): 50%
Objective Structured Clinical Examination (Pass/Fail)
Hurdle requirements: To pass this unit the student must complete the clinical portfolio at the pass grade AND pass the written examination. 80% attendance at tutorials is mandatory to pass this unit.
1 credit point = 1 hour contact and 1 hour self directed study for one academic semester
Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Peter Jurkovsky |
The unit is established under two key themes which address the modern community based emergency health (CBEH) system and the 'professional' paramedic within that system. Modern paramedic practice is a rapidly evolving role and the manner in which the contemporary CBEH system and its practitioners develop in the ensuing years will define the paramedic profession for the next generation.
The unit considers the practical context by examining the history, milestones and influences on Australian and international CBEH systems. Frameworks and attributes of effective CBEH systems will be explored together with future directions.
The definition and the associated extensions of 'professionalism' will be explored in depth while investigating and applying the fundamental features of 'ethical' practice. These foundational principles will also be applied to a number of the most problematic aspects of pre-hospital care such as patient autonomy, consent, refusal of treatment, confidentiality, standards of care and end of life care.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Group presentation -(30%)
Research paper - (40%)
Final Examination -(30%)
6 hours per week involving lectures, tutorials and small group exercises.
Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Emergency Health(Paramedic)or The Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Matt Johnson |
This unit continues to develop the role of the paramedic as a clinician by extending clinical examination and decision making skills that were introduced in previous clinical units.
The unit covers commonly encountered chronic, acute, and life threatening respiratory-related clinical problems across the lifespan. The unit will be case based, and will include clinical skills laboratories and simulation to develop essential clinical skills, clinical problem solving and decision making competencies. The scope of the unit includes the development of skills needed to provide general health care as well as care at an advanced life support level.
By the completion of this unit, the student should be able to:
Mid semester test 1 (1 hour): 20%
Clinical Portfolio: 30%
Written examination (2 hours): 50%
Case simulation (30 minutes): pass/fail (hurdle)
Hurdle requirements: To pass this unit the student must pass the written examination AND pass the case simulation. 80% attendance at paramedic skills laboratories is mandatory to pass this unit.
6 hours per week involving lectures, tutorials, simulation, clinical laboratory and small group exercises.
Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)or the Bachelor of
Nursing/Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Kathryn Eastwood |
This unit introduces population health, public health and primary health care principles to the analysis of community based emergency health (CBEH). Population health principles are applied to illness prevention and health promotion.
The use of health datasets in population and public health is also discussed. The basis of science, knowledge and evidence is explored along with the principles and use of evidence-based practice in the CBEH setting.
Students are encouraged to develop their capacity for enquiry, research, critical thought, critical appraisal and analysis through the semester. Information technology is used to access and interrogate the multitude of health datasets.
and primary health care, and relate them to community-based emergency health care.
Examination (2 hour): 40%
Assignment (2000 words): 30%
Literature review (2000 words): 30%
6 hours per week involving lectures, tutorials and small group exercises.
Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) or
Bachelor of Nursing/Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Matt Johnson |
This unit continues to develop the role of the paramedic as a clinician by extending clinical examination and decision making skills that were introduced in previous clinical units.
The unit addresses injury and injury prevention across the lifespan, with specific reference to commonly encountered acute and chronic musculoskeletal conditions, injury. The unit will be case based, and will include clinical skills laboratories and simulation to develop essential clinical skills, clinical problem solving and decision making competencies. The scope of the unit includes developing the skills needed to provide general health care as well as care at an advanced life support level. This unit will be supplemented with clinical placements in BEH2032 where students will integrate theory with practice.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Written examination (2 hour): 40%
Written assignment (2000 words): 40%
Mid-semester test (1 hour): 20%
Scenario-based clinical examination (30 minutes): pass/fail (hurdle)
Hurdle requirements: To pass this unit the student must pass the written examination AND pass the scenario-based clinical examination.
6 hours per week involving lectures, tutorials, simulation, clinical laboratory and small group exercises.
Must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) or Bachelor of Nursing/Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula Summer semester A 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Chris Huggins |
This unit continues to develop the role of the paramedic as a clinician. It will build on a model of paramedic clinical competence developed in prerequisite units and will provide the context to support the implementation of knowledge and skills necessary for effective patient care. Students will have the opportunity to practice and develop their clinical skills in the management of patients with acute health conditions in the setting of clinical skills laboratories and simulation scenarios that develop core paramedic and nursing competencies, supervised clinical simulation scenarios, and clinical placements with ambulance service providers and other health agencies.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Clinical skills logbook: Pass/Fail
Reflective journal (4000 words): Pass/Fail
Workplace professionalism evaluation: Pass/Fail
Each assessment task is a hurdle (must pass to complete the unit)
The passing grade for this unit will be PGO only.
One week block with hospital simulation laboratory, clinical skills laboratories and simulation scenarios at the beginning of the summer semester. The equivalent of 4 weeks full time supervised clinical placement - a total of 160 hours. The unit is conducted over the `summer A' semester so that the essential professional requirement of the supervised clinical practice can be met.
Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Emergency Health(Paramedic)
or
Bachelor of Nursing/Bachelor of Emergency Health(Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Gayle McLelland |
This unit continues to develop the role of the paramedic as a clinician by developing knowledge and skills needed to care for birthing women and neonates in the community. The unit will be case based, and will include clinical skills laboratories and simulation to develop essential clinical skills, clinical problem solving and decision making competencies.
Assignment (2000 words): 50%
Written examination (2 hours): 50%
Compulsory attendance at simulation - (hurdle)
6 hours per week involving lectures, tutorials, simulation and clinical laboratories.
Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Emergency Health(Paramedic) or Bachelor of Nursing/Bachelor of Emergency Health(Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Matt Johnson |
This unit continues to develop the role of the paramedic as a clinician by extending clinical examination and decision making skills that were introduced in previous clinical units. The unit covers commonly encountered chronic, acute, and life threatening cardiovascular problems across the lifespan. The unit will be case based, and will include clinical skills laboratories and simulation to develop essential clinical skills, clinical problem solving and decision making competencies. The scope of the unit includes the development of skills needed to provide general health care as well as care at an advanced life support level.
By the completion of this unit, the student should be able to:
Mid semester test 1 (1 hour): 20%
Clinical Portfolio: 30% - Hurdle requirement
Written examination (2 hours): 50%
Case simulation (30 minutes): pass/fail (hurdle)
6 hours per week involving lectures, tutorials, simulation, clinical laboratory and small group exercises.
Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Emergency Health(Paramedic) or Bachelor of Nursing/Bachelor of Emergency Health(Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Linda Ross |
This unit aims to develop paramedic awareness and understanding of the cross-cultural and demographically diverse community groups they will encounter as primary health care providers, and extend their capacity to communicate, build rapport and meaningfully engage with these groups. Students will gain valuable community engagement and participation experience through structured volunteer placements within strategically selected private, public and indigenous health related settings. Students will actively participate within these facilities in all aspects of the care programs being delivered allowing them to develop communication, listening and teamwork and skills whilst acquiring an insight into community health issues. In addition students will explore the valuable role they play as health care professionals in educating the community about the paramedics' role, and contributing to patient understanding of medical emergencies and the range of health care services and options available to them. Finally, through their community participation students will be expected to identify real or perceived gaps within the community health sector and devise strategies to narrow those gaps and achieve better health outcomes.
Community health project: (50%)
Community participation portfolio: (50%)
Community participation - (hurdle)
Hurdle requirements: To pass the unit the student must complete 60 hours of community participation.
Six hours per week involving community participation, lectures and tutorials.
Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Emergency Health(Paramedic) or Bachelor of Nursing/Bachelor of Emergency Health(Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Malcolm Boyle |
This unit continues to develop the role of the paramedic as a clinician by extending clinical examination and decision making skills that were introduced in previous clinical units. The unit explores commonly encountered acute and chronic health emergencies, with a focus on pain management. Using a combination of case-based learning, clinical laboratory work and simulation, this unit will develop the essential clinical skills, clinical problem solving and decision-making competencies in managing common health emergencies.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
encountered in paramedic practice;
Written examination (2 hours): 40%
Mid-semester test (1 hour): 20%
Written assignment (2000 words): 40%
Scenario-based clinical examination: pass/fail (hurdle)
6 hours per week involving lectures, tutorials, simulation, clinical laboratory and small group exercises. This unit will be taught over 9 weeks to allow for the clinical placements associated with the co-requisite unit BEH3031.
Must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) or Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Alyse Miller |
This unit develops the role of the paramedic as a clinical leader in the community with the focus on major incidents and disasters. The unit explores disaster planning, response and recovery, and the roles and responsibilities of the paramedic when managing multiple patients or a complex setting, during a major health emergncy or duing a humanitarian disaster.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Written assignment: (3000 words): 50%
Clinical worksheets: 10%
Final examination (2hrs): 40%
Major incident simulation: pass/fail (hurdle)
Hurdle requirement: 80% attendance at tutorials and clinical simulations is mandatory to pass this unit.
6 hours per week involving lectures, tutorials and small group exercises.
Must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) or Bachelor of Nursing/Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Leanne Boyd |
This unit continues to develop the role of the paramedic as a clinician. Foundation skills and knowledge developed in prerequisite units are employed to analyse and investigate the paramedic's role in the management of commonly encountered chronic, acute and life threatening clinical problems associated with various life stages.
This unit will be case-based and will include clinical skills laboratory and simulation scenarios to develop essential clinical skills, clinical problem solving and decision making competencies. Field visits to selected community based facilities will provide a clinical context to the theoretical concepts.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to: locate and evaluate the evidence-base that informs the paramedic management of acute health conditions at life stages; describe the epidemiology, population health, natural history, and pathophysiology related to acute and emergency health conditions at life stages commonly encountered in paramedic practice; describe the clinical highlights of selected acute health conditions at life stages commonly encountered in paramedic practice; discuss the lifespan implications of disability for individuals, their family and the community; analyse the cultural, legal and ethical issues related to death and organ donation across the lifespan; describe the changes that age and pre-existing health problems have on drug pharmacokinetics; using the model of paramedic clinical competence, demonstrate the ability to integrate and apply theoretical knowledge and clinical skills to the assessment and management of patients with selected acute and chronic health conditions at life stages; explain the range of potential behaviours of self, patients, their carers and bystanders in situations of acute health conditions at life stages in a sociological and culturally sensitive context; and demonstrate an understanding of the special features and trends in health systems relating to the prevention and management of injury and disease across the lifespan.
Examination (2 hours): 40%
Written assignment (2000 words): 30%
Clinical education assignment: 30%
6 hours per week involving lectures, tutorials, small group exercises, and field trips.
Must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)
or
Bachelor of Nursing/Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Paul Jennings |
The unit examines the principles of quality improvement, error and risk reduction, and clinical audit specifically relevant to CBEH.
Contemporary challenges in community-based emergency health needs are discussed in the context of the Australian healthcare system. The impact of politics, funding, and changing demography on future population health needs are explored. Students will investigate alternative methods of delivering community-based emergency health and discuss the future role of paramedics in meeting the health needs of an aging population.
The students will also apply research methods to the development of a research proposal that investigates a contemporary community based emergency health challenge.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Assignment (1000 words): 20%
Group poster presentation (1000 words) and oral presentation: 20%
Research proposal (3000 words): 60%
4 hours contact and 1 hour self-directed study.
Must have passed BEH2021 or NUR2001
Must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) or Bachelor of Nursing/Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula Term 2 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Nathan Stam |
This unit continues to develop the role of the paramedic as a clinician. It will build on a model of paramedic clinical competence developed in prerequisite units and will provide the context to support the implementation of knowledge and skills necessary for effective patient care. Students will have the opportunity to practice and develop their clinical skills in the management of patients with acute and chronic health conditions during supervised clinical placements with health services providing specialist services that including obstetric, paediatric and mental health care in hospital and community settings.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
judgements and the factors influencing clinical decision making.
Clinical skills logbook: Pass/Fail
Reflective journal (4000 words): Pass/Fail
Workplace professionalism evaluation: Pass/Fail
Each assessment task is a hurdle (must pass to complete the unit)
The passing grade for this unit will be PGO only.
Four hours per week of simulation and two (2) weeks of clinical placement at 5 days/week (based on an 8 hour day/40 hour week), a total time of 128 hours.
Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) or
Bachelor of Nursing/Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Kathryn Eastwood |
The unit addresses the paramedic management of patients with critical care conditions
at the Advanced Life Support level. It will also introduce students to specialty situations, including extended care due to entrapment or environmental barriers, medical retrieval and inter-hospital transfers. The unit will include clinical skills laboratory and simulation scenarios to develop essential communication, assessment clinical problem solving, decision-making and management skills.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Portfolio: 60%
Examination (2 hour): 40%
Objective Structured Clinical Examination (OSCE): pass/fail
The examination and OSCE must be be passed (hurdle) to successfully complete this unit.
6 hours per week involving lectures, tutorials, simulation, clinical laboratory and small group exercises.
Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Emergency Health(Paramedic) or Bachelor of Nursing/Bachelor of Emergency Health(Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Chris Huggins |
This unit continues to develop the role of the paramedic as a clinician. It will build on a model of paramedic clinical reasoning and decision-making developed in prerequisite units and will provide the context to support the implementation of knowledge and skills necessary for effective patient care. Simulation will be used to develop competencies needed to manage common health emergencies in the community. The unit also includes a supervised clinical practicum with an emergency medical service.
By the completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
Clinical skills logbook: Pass/Fail
Reflective journal: Pass/Fail
Workplace professionalism evaluation: Pass/Fail
Each assessment task is a hurdle (must pass to complete the unit)
The passing grade for this unit will be PGO only.
Four hours per week of simulation and 120 hours of supervised clinical placement.
Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Emergency Health(Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jade Sheen |
This unit continues to develop the role of the paramedic as a clinician who is able to assess and care for patients with mental health problems in the community. The unit addresses the epidemiology and history of mental health in Australia, and the features of care systems with particular emphasis on community based care. Acute and chronic medical mental health problems commonly encountered by paramedics are investigated.
The special needs of Indigenous persons and those from non-English speaking backgrounds are investigated.
The unit is case-based, integrating material from the five themes and the underpinning biomedical, social and clinical sciences, and including clinical skills, laboratory and simulation scenarios to develop essential communication, assessment and management clinical skills, and clinical problem solving and decision making competencies.
By the completion of this unit, the student should be able to:
carers of individuals with mental health problems.
Written report (1000 words): 20%
Written assignment (2000 words): 40%
Examination (2 hour): 40%
Objective Structured Clinical Examination: Pass/Fail
Hurdle requirements: To pass this unit the student must pass the examination AND the objective structured clinical examination. 80% attendance at tutorials is mandatory to pass this unit.
6 hours per week involving lectures, tutorials and small group exercises.
Must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Nathan Stam |
This unit continues to develop the role of the paramedic as a clinician by extending clinical examination and decision making skills that were introduced in previous clinical units. The unit covers commonly encountered toxicological and environmental emergencies across the lifespan. The unit will be case based, and will include clinical skills laboratories and simulation to develop essential clinical skills, clinical problem solving and decision making competencies. The scope of the unit includes the development of skills needed to provide effective out-of-hospital care for patients experiencing health emergencies related to toxicological or environmental exposure.
By the completion of this unit, the student should be able to:
Mid semester test 1 (40 minutes): 20%
Clinical Portfolio: 30%
Written examination (2 hours): 50%
Case simulation (30 minutes): pass/fail (hurdle)
6 hours per week involving lectures, tutorials, simulation, clinical laboratory and small group exercises.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Full year 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jade Sheen |
Students will undertake a guided advanced studies program on the development of research in CBEH and in an aspect of CBEH of interest to the student. The unit aims to develop analytical abilities, communication skills, and advanced knowledge in a specific area of CBEH. Students will undertake a self-assessment to identify a topic of interest in CBEH that they will study at an advanced level. A negotiated learning contact will describe the advanced study which may include attendance at lectures, tutorials or courses in areas relevant to the discipline; preparation of an essay; critical evaluation of a published paper, case study or research data.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Negotiated skills development: 40%
Essay/written critique: 40%
Seminar presentation: 20%
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Full year 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jade Sheen |
Together with BEH4300 Community Emergency Health Research Project, this unit aims to increase student understanding of theoretical and methodological aspects of research in community-based emergency health and to develop their analytic, research and communication skills. Students will undertake guided studies in research methodology and complete a supervised research project with the aim of developing both discipline specific and generic research skills. This unit will focus on undertaking a literature review and developing a research proposal, both to be presented at the end of the semester for full-time students, or at the end of the year for part-time students.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Literature review (3500 words): 50%
Seminar presentation and written submission of research proposal (1500 works): 50%
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Community Emergency Health and Paramedics |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Full year 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jade Sheen |
Together with BEH4201 Community Emergency Health Research Project - Part A, this unit aims to increase student understanding of theoretical and methodological aspects of research in community-based emergency health and to develop their analytic, research and communication skills. Students will undertake guided studies in research methodology and complete a supervised research project with the aim of developing both discipline specific and generic research skills. This unit (BEH4300) will focus on undertaking a literature review and developing a research proposal, both to be presented at the end of the semester.
On completion students will be able to:
Either a research report (12000 to 15000 words) including literature review and methodology from Research Project Part A (BEH4200) or an article prepared for publication (3500 to 5000 words) meeting the editorial guidelines of a DEST approved, peer reviewed journal equivalent to the Journal of Emergency Primary Health Care and participation in an oral defence of the article: 80%
Seminar presentation of research findings, interpretation and conclusion: 20%
Must be enrolled in the Honours degree of Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedics)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland Summer semester B 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sharon Flecknoe/Dr Tom Jeavons (Berwick), Dr Andrew Davies (Gippsland), Dr Wayne Sturrock (Peninsula) |
The major themes of study are levels of body organisation, body support and movement, and cardiovascular physiology. The unit introduces students to the scientific methods of thought; it encourages the critical evaluation of evidence, and promotes an awareness of the changing nature of medical knowledge. Topics include the chemical and cellular basis of human life; integration of body functions and homeostasis; the structure and function of the integumentary system; an introduction to the nervous system and the endocrine system, the structure and function of the musculoskeletal system; the structure and function of the cardiovascular system and the lymphatic system and host-microbe interactions.
Online tests: 20%
Laboratory test: 30%
Examination (2 hours): 50%
3 hours of lectures, 1 hour tutorial and 2 hours practical or online work per week. An additional 6 hours of private study is recommended.
Must be enrolled in course code 0727or 2552 or 3445 or 3562 or 3869 or 3892 or 3953 or 3963 or 4506 or 4514
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Elise Randell-Barrett (Peninsula) |
The major themes of study are nervous control and regulation of body functions, maintenance systems of the body, and reproduction and early development. The unit develops further the critical evaluation of evidence and an awareness of the changing nature of knowledge in the health sciences. Topics include the structure and functions of the nervous system; the autonomic functions of the nervous system; the structure and function of the respiratory system the structure and function of the urinary system; the structure and function of the digestive system; the structure and function of the reproductive system; and the major changes in embryonic development in early pregnancy.
On completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Online test 20% (10 x weekly test), Written assignment 10% (1000 words), Laboratory test 20% (1 hour duration), Examination 50% (2 hours duration)
3 hours of lectures, 1 hour of tutorial and 2 hours practical or online work per week. An additional 6 hours per week of private study is recommended.
Must be enrolled in course code 3445, 3869
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Andrew Davies/Dr Tom Jeavons (Berwick), TBA (Gippsland), Dr Natalie Bennett (Peninsula) |
The major themes of study are nervous control and regulation of body functions, maintenance systems of the body, and reproduction and early development, which are integrated into nursing studies. The unit develops further the critical evaluation of evidence and an awareness of the changing nature of knowledge in the health sciences. Topics include the structure and functions of the nervous system; the autonomic functions of the nervous system the structure and function of the respiratory system; the structure and function of the urinary system; the structure and function of the digestive system; the structure and function of the reproductive system; the major changes in embryonic development in early pregnancy; and an introduction to pharmacology. An integrated approach in case scenarios provides interprofessional learning opportunities.
Online test 20% (10 x weekly test), Written assignment 10% (1000 words), Laboratory test 20% (1 hour duration), Examination 50% (2 hours duration)
3 hours of lectures, 1 hour of tutorial and 2 hours practical or online work per week. An additional 6 hours per week of private study is recommended.
Must be enrolled in course code 0727 or 2552 or 3562 or 3892 or 3953 or 3963 or 4506 or 4514
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ralph Arwas |
Processes of disease will be presented in the form of case studies, in which an analysis of the disease process will lead to an understanding of the presentation, and opportunities for management, of that disease. The major areas of study are: Disease at the cellular level, Cardiovascular disease, Respiratory disease, Cerebrovascular disease, Neoplastic disease, Renal disease, Disorders of the digestive tract, Liver disease, Endocrine disease, Genetic disease, and Bone and joint disorders.
On completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Examination (2 hours): 60%; Online tests (3): 15%; Laboratory work (3): 25%
Examination (2 hours): 60%; Online tests (3): 15%; Laboratory work (3): 25%
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ralph Arwas |
The unit involves a study of common communicable diseases with a focus on the prevention and management of infections encountered in a diversity of health care settings. Laboratory-based case studies are used to study hospital-acquired and community-acquired infections including wound infections, common infections in the oncology, transplant and maternity wards, vaccine-preventable infections in children, outbreaks of community-acquired infections, communicable infections in indigenous populations and in developing countries. Various public health control measures including disease surveillance, immunisation, antimicrobial therapies, and infection control practices are discussed.
On completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written Exam (2 hours): 50%
Online quizzes (2) - 10% each - total 20%
Written case report: 30%.
4 hours on campus, 1 hour online
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Helen Ackland |
This unit examines how health systems are organised, how health services are delivered, and the broader context in which disease and illness occur.
It considers the Australian health care system in detail and the global context of health systems and health inequalities. It explores two areas: health policy and service delivery systems; and illness and health in the context of social, cultural and behavioural systems.
Areas covered include: health systems, health policy, health funding, quality in health systems, models of health, population health, health and human rights.
Upon successful completion of this unit students will:
Group class presentation (20 minutes): 25%
Tutorial participation: 15%
Essay: 30%
Written exam: 30%
6 hours of contact time (2 hour lecture, 2 hours interactive classes and 2 hours tutorial preparation time)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Megan Wallace and Dr Tim Moss |
Provides an overview of physiological processes involved in fetal and neonatal development, and the role of the placenta in pregnancy and parturition. The unit will consider the structure, development and maturation of the major organ systems in the fetus, and the means by which the fetus is able to adapt to alterations in its environment. The unit reviews the physiology of parturition (birth), the physiological changes in the fetus during the transition at birth, and the consequences of prematurity and postmaturity. The major physiological changes occurring in the mother during pregnancy are also dealt with.
Semester-long Experimental Research Project 20%
Weekly Research Activity Reports 30%
End of semester theory exam 50%
5 hours per week.
2 hours of lectures and 3 hours each week attending actual medical research experiments that address current clinical problems in fetal and neonatal healthcare.
PHY3082
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Assoc Prof Jackie Wilce (Biochemistry and Molecular Biology) |
This unit introduces the student to the chemistry of organic molecules and the biochemistry of cells. We examine the role of functional groups in biological molecules of biomedical importance and common reactions in metabolism. We reinforce concepts of ionisation and pH. We discuss the chemistry of proteins and their physical properties in solution leading up to an examination of enzyme catalysis and kinetics. This lays the foundation for an examination of the biological oxidation of fats and carbohydrates that provides the cell with energy. We examine the way energy is stored in times of plenty and relate our understanding to normal and disease states that occur.
This unit is an introduction to the chemical principles of life with an emphasis on the molecular building blocks of living cells. At the conclusion of this subject, students will be able to identify the chemical and biochemical aspects of functional groups in biological molecules. Students will be able to explain the common reactions found in metabolic systems such as oxidation-reduction, bond formation, bond breaking events and a knowledge of the role of water. The students will be able to explain the role of equilibrium and kinetic processes in biology and the describe concepts of enzyme catalysis. They will also be able to describe biological oxidation and the metabolic release of energy. Students will be able to describe the chemistry of important biological polymers and lipids and the reactions they undergo in the cell. On completion of the subject, students will be able to describe the biochemistry of molecules and reactions of biomedical importance and be able to draw relationships between these reactions and normal and disease states that occur.
End of semester exam: 60%;
Assessment during semester which can include small group session marks, self-directed learning exercises and on-line quizzes: 25%;
Mid-semester test: 15%
3 lectures and a 3-hour small group session or computer based or self-directed learning per week
Must be enrolled in course code 2230; 3356; 3528; 3879, 3975, 3976 or 4417.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Prof John Bertram (Anatomy and Developmental biology) |
The chemical constituents of living cells and biological reactions. Cell structure and function. Animal diversity and evolution. Functional systems. The relevance of the microbial world in biomedical science. Tools for studying cells including histology, different types of microscopy, tissue culture and specialised cell staining techniques.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
On completion of this unit, students will have skills enabling them to:
Written theory examination: 65%
Practical reports and laboratory presentations: 20%
Essay: 15%
3 lectures and a 3-hour practical or equivalent per week
Must be enrolled in course code: 2230; 3356, 3528, 3879, 3975; 3976, 4417
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Kristian Helmerson and Associate Professor Helena Parkington. |
The behaviour of human and biomedical systems are understood in terms of underlying physical principles. Forces involved in human movement and body systems including muscles and joints. Energy and heat flow and metabolism, pressure, osmosis, diffusion and respiration, fluid flow in the cardiovascular system. Electrical charges, current, potential and capacitance in simple circuits, EEG, ECG, cells and nerve conduction. Sound and ultrasound, human hearing, refraction and lenses, the human eye, optical and electron microscopes. X-rays and radiation, biological effects and damage, radiation therapy and medical imaging.
Upon successful completion of this unit students will understand and be able to apply concepts of physics and introductory physiology as they relate to biomedical sciences in the following areas
Students will develop basic practical skills in problem solving, experimental methods and uncertainties, analysis of data and written scientific communication.
Written examination: 60%
Practical work: 20%
Assignments 20%
3 lectures and 3 hours laboratory and problem solving per week
Must be enrolled in course code 2230, 3356, 3445, 3528, 3855, 3879, 3975, 3976, 4417
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Basia Diug |
Applications of epidemiological and statistical concepts and methods to typical problems in population health and in the biomedical literature. This will include consideration of fundamental ethical issues pertaining to the conduct of biomedical research and population health interventions. Much emphasis is placed on a population view of health and disease, social determinants of health, epidemiological principles, research study design and statistical analyses of data.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Written examination: 50%
Group and individual tasks on population health and biostatistics : 50%
Biostatistics 3 hours per week, Epidemiology/Ethics 3 Hours per week
Must be enrolled in course code 2230, 2999, 3356, 3445, 3528, 3855, 3879, 3975, 3976, 4417
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Siew Yee Chai and Dr Richard Lang (Physiology) |
Introductory course on the human nervous system. Components and organization of the nervous system. Methods of studying the human brain. Neural communication and integration. Principles of sensory perception. How movement is initiated and controlled. Autonomic control of bodily functions. Learning and memory. High order functions such as consciousness, sleep and language. Practical classes involve observations on nervous system function and correlation classes deal with some common examples of nervous system dysfunction.
This unit consists of an introduction to human nervous system which ranges in scope from the operations of individual nerve cells at the molecular level to the generation of complex cognitive behaviours. The unit will provide students with an essential overview of the human nervous system and it will also serve as a foundation for more specialised studies in neurobiology or cognitive science.
On successful completion of the unit, students will:
Theory examination: 60% (20% in semester assessment, 40% end of semester)
Practical work: 40%.
Must be enrolled in course code 2230, 3356, 3528, 3879, 3975, 3976, 4417
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Peter Boag (Biochemistry and Molecular Biology) |
Gene structure and function, including the genetic code and its interpretation, the assembly of genes and chromosomal organisation, and the basics of the genetic flow of information from DNA to RNA to protein. Mechanisms of gene expression and regulation, gene replication and repair, and the causes and implications of genetic mutations. Molecular genetics and recombinant DNA technology for the manipulation of genes. Genomics and its applications in medicine and principles of gene therapy.
On completion of this unit students will:
Theory examination: 60%
Practical course: 30%
Mid semester MCQ test: 10%
3 lectures per week
3 hours laboratory per week
Must be enrolled in course code 2230, 3356, 3528, 3879, 3975, 3976, 4417.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Colin McHenry & Prof Paul McMenamin |
This course is an introduction to human anatomy. It includes an overview of general principles of major body systems. This will be followed by a consideration of specific areas of regional anatomy from an evolutionary perspective. Namely, what distinguishes the human body from other primates, mammals and indeed vertebrates and how have these adaptations of anatomy contributed in a functional context to us being so successful. Practical classes will involve exposure to human cadaver prosections, skeletal material, models and a range of imaging modalities including X-rays, CT scans etc.
After completion of this unit students will be able to:
In semester tutorial participation - 10%, Mid semester (wk 6) image exam 20%, Theory examinations: 50%, final image examination, 20%
Must be enrolled in course code 2230, 3356, 3404, 3528, 3879, 3975, 3976, 4417
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Alfons Lawen (Biochemistry and Molecular Biology) |
This unit covers the biochemical principles of cellular metabolic regulation, metabolic interrelationship of tissues, biochemical events associated with the fed and fasted states, the generation of metabolic energy by oxidation of macronutrients. It discusses hormone action and the biochemical basis of diseases and gives an overview of tissue metabolism. It covers the biochemical mechanism of cell growth, differentiation and death. It gives an introduction to molecular medicine based on the specialised tissue metabolism of blood and brain cells.
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
a. discuss how energy and nutrients are supplied to mammalian cells and how metabolism is regulated and integrated.
b. discuss the mechanisms by which cells communicate to coordinate metabolism, cell growth, differentiation and cell death.
c. describe the mechanisms by which precursor cells differentiate into mature cells.
d. explain the biochemical basis of selected diseases
e. demonstrate an ability to present, analyse and interpret data from biochemical/cell biological experiments clearly and concisely in oral and written form.
f. demonstrate the ability to work in a team.
End-of-year-exam (short answer questions only): 55%
Continuous Small Group Teaching and Learning Session performance: 30%
On-line quizzes: 15%
3 lectures per week and 3 hours practical or equivalent
Must be enrolled in course code 2230, 2341, 3356, 3528, 3879, 3975, 3976, 4417
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Julia Choate |
How the body maintains a constant environment for its cells and tissues through the integrated functions of the cardiovascular, renal, respiratory, gastrointestinal and neuroendocrine systems. Adaptation to changes in the external environment and to disease states will be addressed. The unit will be presented through involvement of students in lectures, practical classes, and assignments.
Examination: 50%
Assignment: 20%
Continuous by reports and tests: 30%
3 lectures per week and 3 hours practical or equivalent
Must be enrolled in course code 2230, 3356, 3528, 3879, 3975, 3976, 4417
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Heather Verkade (Biological Sciences) |
This unit introduces the basic genetic principles underlying modern human genetics. Topics include the identification, characterisation and mapping of human genes; the value of model organisms; the significance of the Human Genome Project; how genes function and how genetic malfunction can lead to genetic disease; how an understanding of such diseases at the molecular level may assist in diagnosis, prevention and therapy; the roles of gene regulation and mutation in cancer; genetic counselling and ways of calculating risk of recurrence of a genetic disease; ethical issues relevant to human genetics. Practicals include an introduction to molecular and cytogenetic techniques.
This unit will provide students with an understanding of human genetics as it relates to both biomedical research and clinical practice. On completion students will;
Students will have the background to undertake more advanced studies in genetics at third year level.
Examination: 50%
Continuous assessment: mini-quizzes, laboratory reports and oral presentation: 35%
Essay: 15%
3 lectures and 3 hours practical (or equivalent) per week
Must be enrolled in course code 2230, 3356, 3528, 3879, 3975, 3976, 4417
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Mohamed Mohideen & Dr Priscilla Johanesen |
The following aspects of the interactions of microbes with their hosts will be presented in lectures, tutorials, discussion groups and videos: The history of infectious diseases, medically important viruses and bacteria, pathogenic mechanisms in infectious diseases, immunity to infection, and their regulation, control of infection by vaccines and drugs, and emerging diseases.
The aim of this unit is to introduce students to microorganisms, their importance in the environment, their importance in human health and disease, and the methods used to study them in the laboratory and in their human hosts.
On successful completion of this unit, students will have gained an understanding of:
On successful completion of this unit, students will have skills in:
Written theory examination: 50%
Practical examination: 25%
Laboratory reports and quizzes: 20%
Laboratory practical skills: 5%
3 lectures and one 3-hour laboratory class or tutorial/discussion session per week
Must be enrolled in course code 2230, 3356, 3528, 3879, 3975, 3976, 4417
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Martin Stone (Biochemistry and Molecular Biology) |
Bioinformatics unites the major advances in biology, biochemistry and the biomedical sciences with those in computing, bioinformatics and networking. The unit covers the application of the internet to biomedical sciences; organisation and uses of scientific databases; use of computational methods in genomics and proteomics; fundamentals of molecular modelling; analysis and presentation of biomedical data; and communication of biomedical data using information technology.
This unit is an introduction to the principles of bioinformatics and the pivotal role that informatics plays in the biomedical sciences. On completion of the unit the students will have a basic understanding of the theoretical and practical aspects of information technology and its wider application to the medical sciences. The students will develop an understanding of the principles of database searching, using search engines, sequence alignments, molecular phylogeny, molecular modelling, protein structure and analysis and medical imaging. The student will also develop their communication and presentation skills and understand the involvement of information technology in the biomedical sciences.
Written examinations: 50%, made up of
Revision quiz 3%
Mid-semester test 12% and
Final exam 35% (HURDLE REQUIREMENT)
Projects and assignments: 50%
2 Lectures per week, 1 three hour practical session per week.
Must be enrolled in course code 2230, 3356, 3528, 3879, 3975, 3976, 4417
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Melanie Pritchard (Biochemistry and Molecular Biology) |
This unit will provide an introduction into the molecular mechanisms that mediate human diseases and the specific biotechnologies used to facilitate diagnosis and treatment. The disease mechanisms mediated by genetic disorders resulting in abnormalities in protein folding, protein trafficking and gain or loss of protein function will be presented. State of the art developments in molecular medicine including transgenic models of human disease, gene therapy, and recent developments in transplantation will be highlighted. Specific biotechnologies to be discussed include structure-based drug design, production of recombinant proteins, vaccine technology and research commercialization.
Mid semester examination (50 minutes): 10%
Final Examination (3 hours): 54%
Small group activity modules: 36%
3 lectures per week and 3 hours small group activities per week
Must be enrolled in course code 2230, 3356, 3527, 3528, 3879, 3975, 3976, 4417
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Richard Kitching (Medicine MMC) |
This unit will concentrate on the pathobiological and biomedical basis of important human disease processes. Areas examined in this unit include immune and inflammatory diseases, (eg inflammatory renal and joint disease); cancer biology (focussing on mechanisms of tumour spread and tumour immunology); cardiovascular biology, (coronary artery disease); and human reproduction. Disease pathogenesis, including lessons gained from cell/molecular biology and disease models will be the major focus. To provide context and breadth other aspects of disease will be covered with varying emphasis, including epidemiological/clinical features of disease, current treatments and future treatment prospects.
On completion of this unit student will be able to:
Examination (3 hours): 54%
mid-semester test: 10%
Satisfactory attendance and participation in seminars: 2%
Group seminar: individual component: 11%
group written assignment: 11%
Research experience, including editorial writing: 12%
6 hours per week plus 6 hours private study per week
Must be enrolled in course code 2230, 3356, 3528, 3879, 3975, 3976, 4417
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Monash Passport category | Research Challenge (Investigate Program) |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Yvonne Hodgson |
This unit provides the opportunity for high achieving students to work with an academic supervisor and complete a substantial research project in the Biomedical Sciences. The research project may be chosen from a list of projects available at the beginning of semester from any of the Departments in the School of Biomedical Sciences. The unit convenor and supervisor must approve the project topic at the time of enrolment. Students will work in a research laboratory to obtain data, will complete a written preliminary and final report and will give a series of oral presentations on their work.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate the following skills and attributes:
Two oral reports (preliminary 15 minutes, 10%, and final 15 minutes, 10%) 20%;
Two written reports (preliminary 1,500 words, 10% and final 8,000 words, 50%): 60% Assessment of laboratory work 20%
18-36 hours per week of laboratory work and private study
24 credit points at level 2 in the BioMedical science area.
For Monash students, those enrolled in the following:
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours
+ Honours degree of Bachelor of Biomedical Science
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Summer semester A 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Yvonne Hodgson |
This unit provides the opportunity for high achieving students to work with an academic supervisor and complete a research project in the Biomedical Sciences. The research project may be chosen from a list of projects available at the beginning of semester from any of the Departments in the School of Biomedical Sciences. The unit convenor and supervisor must approve the project topic at the time of enrolment. Students will work in a research laboratory to obtain data, will complete a written preliminary and final report and will give a series of oral presentations on their work.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate the following skills and attributes:
Two oral reports (preliminary 15 minutes, 10%, and final 15 minutes, 10%) 20%; Two written reports (preliminary 1,500 words, 10% and final 8,000 words, 50%): 60% Assessment of laboratory work 20%
12 - 24 hours per week of laboratory work and private study.
24 credit points at level 2 in the BioMedical science area.
For Monash students, those enrolled in the following:
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science (Scholar Program)
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science Advanced with Honours
+ Honours degree of Bachelor of Biomedical Science
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science/Bachelor of Engineering
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science/Bachelor of Laws
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science/Bachelor of Science
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science/Bachelor of Economics
+ Bachelor of Biomedical Science/Bachelor of Commerce
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Robert Widdop |
Students undertake a supervised research project involving research of a publishable standard which forms the basis of a thesis presented at the end of the year. As part of the unit students present seminars on their research, and are trained in advanced scientific techniques. Students take part in an oral review of the thesis report. Candidates may commence the Honours year at the beginning of either the first or second semester.
On completion of the Honours year of the Bachelor of Biomedical Science, students will:
Literature review: 10%
Seminars: 10%
Research report: 80%
A distinction level average in 24 credit points at third year level, including at least 12 points in 3rd year BMS units
BMS4200. Must be enrolled in the Honours Degree of Bachelor of Biomedical Science
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Robert Widdop. |
The unit aims to develop analytical abilities and communication skills, as well as provide students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of Biomedical Science. Students will undertake a module of statistics relevant to scientific hypothesis testing and provide a written critique of a scientific article. Students will also undertake a component of work within their selected discipline that is unrelated to their specific research component and involves some level of advanced theoretical training. Candidates may commence at the beginning of either first or second semester.
On completion of the Honours year of the Bachelor of Biomedical Science, students will be able to:
Statistical test: 30%
Written critique: 30%
Discipline specific component: 40%
A distinction level average in 24 points at third year level, including at least 12 points in 3rd year BMS units
BMS4100 and must be enrolled in the Honours Degree of Bachelor of Biomedical Science
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Janeane Dart |
In this unit, students' transition into the tertiary setting will be supported and the roles, responsibilities and expectations of students as healthcare profession students will be outlined. They will be engaged via adult learning teaching and learning principles in this unit as they begin to develop their professional identity. This unit will commence students on the pathway to becoming experts in food (knowledge and application) and culturally competent, self aware healthcare professionals.
Food and culture will provide the core content for students to apply, integrate and develop/extend personal and professional attributes and competencies, communication and interpersonal skills. Enhanced cultural awareness for students will be a key outcome of this unit and this will be contextualized as students learn about food/food ingredients, eating patterns, why we eat what we eat and the Australian food supply system. Interprofessional learning opportunities with other healthcare profession students will help strengthen the learning in this unit. Students will be introduced to reflective practice and commence a professional portfolio.
At the completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Assignments - 50%
Professional portfolio - 50%
All assessment tasks must be completed to a pass grade standard to complete this unit.
24 hours per week including contact hours and private study
BND1101 and must be enrolled in Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics or Bachelor of Nutrition Science.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Claire Palermo |
This unit will introduce students to epidemiology and biostatistics as the core of population health and nutrition research and practice. This will include consideration of basic statistics, study design, quantitative and qualitative methods of inquiry and ethical issues related to research and population health interventions.
Emphasis is placed on a population view of health, nutrition and disease and the social determinants of health and the application of epidemiology and statistics in assessment of disease in population and the effects of nutrition interventions.
An introduction to the concepts and approaches to working in population health and nutrition will also be explored
At the completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Assignments 60%;
Exam 40%.
All assessment tasks must be completed to a pass grade for students to successfully complete this unit
8 hours contact per week plus 16 hours self directed study
BND1102 and must be enrolled in Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics or Bachelor of Nutrition Science.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Andrea Bryce |
This unit focuses on basic concepts in human nutrition. It will describe the role and function of macro and micronutrients essential for human health, their history of discovery, and relevance for the health of populations and individuals. The unit will include the clinical signs and symptoms of specific nutrient deficiency and excess, nutrient interactions and their significance, recommended dietary intakes and global epidemiology. It will cover methods used to assess food intake and data analysis by the use of food composition tables, patterns of restricted eating, diet myths and misconceptions and population specific nutritional issues.
On line quiz assessment: 10%
On line quiz assessment: 10%
End of semester examination (3 hour): 50%
Assignments: 30%
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Elizabeth Barber |
This unit focuses on developing students' fundamental scientific knowledge as the basis for nutrition and dietetics practice.
This unit takes a scientific approach to growth and development of the human body incorporating biochemistry, genetics and human growth and development with an emphasis on a case based learning approach to knowledge application.
Student centered teaching and learning methods will be used to support the delivery of the unit content. Students' participation as adult learners will be encouraged through the curricula with emphasis on the development of basic scientific communication skills.
Assignments (40%)
Exams (60%)
All assessment tasks must be completed to a pass grade for students to successfully complete this unit
11 hours contact per week plus 13 hours self directed study
3 x 2hr lectures, 1 x 2hr tutorial and 1 x 3hr practical
NA
BND1001 and must be enrolled in Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics or Bachelor of Nutrition Science.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Elizabeth Barber |
The unit will introduce food and nutrition science particularly the chemistry of food components and their relevance to the nutrition of healthy individuals. It will review cooking skills and food knowledge required for preparation of healthy inexpensive meals in a kitchen. Methods for the collection and nutritional analysis of food intake data will be examined. Teaching will be based on interactive lectures with explicit learning objectives. These will be supplemented by tutorials and contextualised case-based learning to support student learning and by practical sessions for the acquisition of basic skills in food selection, preparation, storage and cooking.
Assessment in this unit will be both formative and summative.
Summative assessment:
50% Assignments
50% Final Exam (Hurdle)
11 hours contact per week plus 13 hours self directed study
3 x 2hr lectures, 1 x 2hr tutorial and 1 x 3hr practical
BND1002 and Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics or Bachelor of Nutrition Science
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Evelyn Volders |
This unit focuses on health behaviours, growth and development, physical activity and nutritional requirements for groups across the lifespan from infancy to old age. It will focus on normal nutrition, physiology, physical activity and growth and development for lifespan groups and vulnerable groups. The unit will draw on principles from psychology that will allow students to understand how health beliefs, illness and other factors impact on actions. Concepts of health education and promotion will enhance students' knowledge and ability to communicate nutrition messages effectively to groups. The unit will incorporate elements of personal and professional development such as cultural competency, social justice, translation of technical information into practical advice about food and eating, communication skills, reflection and teamwork.
This unit will focus on Theme 3 (Nutrition fundamentals in Health and Disease) and Theme 2 (Determinants and Influences on Population Health and Nutrition) and Theme 2 objectives but will also include aspects of Theme 1 (Personal development and professional practice) and Theme 4 (Food: from Science to Systems) with an integrated assessment task and Theme 4 (From Science to System.
Site visits to care settings such as child care and aged care will enhance the learning experience and provide an applied real lie context to theory.
On completion of this unit, a student will be able to:
Students will be expected to complete a child care and an aged care centre visit to fulfil the requirements for this unit .
Exam (40%)(Hurdle)
Menu planning for groups (20%)
Group education assignment and presentations (25%)
Professional portfolio development (15%)
Formative reflections (Hurdle)
4 x 2 hours per week lectures/tutorials on campus
2 x 2 hours practical sessions/ tutorials on campus
12 hours self study and assessment related work are recommended per week in addition
Students must be enrolled in 3404 or 3956.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Monash Passport category | Research Challenge (Investigate Program) |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Claire Palermo |
This unit will focus on developing students as researchers. It builds on knowledge and skills developed in Year 1 on the role of evidence in nutrition science, statistics, epidemiology and research methods.
It will embrace the concepts and application of systematic literature review and quantitative and qualitative data related to nutrition. Students will be supported to apply and practice these research skills in a safe classroom environment and via hypothetical models while applying real and relevant data collection and analysis tools to current, pertinent and important research questions in nutrition.
The key theme explored in this unit is Theme 2: Determinants and Influences on Population Health and Nutrition coupled with partial integration of content and application from Theme 1: Personal Development and Professional Practice and Theme 3: Nutrition Fundamentals of Health and Disease.
At the completion of this unit students will be able to:
Group Literature Review (50%)
Individual Scientific Report (50%)
Assessment Task (Hurdle)
In this unit, it is a requirement that students must pass all assessment tasks in order to successfully complete this unit.
3 hours contact per week lectures/tutorials/teaching sessions on campus
9 hours self study and assessment related work
3956 Bachelor of Nutrition Science or
3404 Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Julia Choate |
This unit provides the framework for an understanding of the functioning of whole organ systems and the whole body, as distinct from the functioning of individual cells acquired in first year of the degree. The specific topics to be covered include the function of gastrointestinal, renal, cardiovascular, respiratory and endocrine systems. The unit will be presented through the involvement of students in lectures, practical classes and assignments.
At completion of this unit students should be able to:
Examination: 50%
Assignments: 10%
Continuous by reports and tests: 40%
6 hours per week (lectures and practical)
Must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Nirma Samarwickremaand Dr Karen Walker (Nutrition and Dietetics) |
This unit aims to provide a basic understanding of the metabolism of macro and micronutrients and of the role of nutrition in influencing cell growth, cancer development, blood formation and gene function. Emphasis will be on clinical relevance, the integration of biochemical pathways and how this is modulated by dietary change, and on techniques used to assess both normal dietary requirements and nutrient deficiencies. Students will be introduced to biochemical mechanisms of energy expenditure and storage, including metabolic adaptation to periods of fasting or food intake.
At the completion of the unit the students will have an understanding of:
Examination: 40%
Mid semester test: 10%
Small group activities/ assignments: 50%
6 hours per week (lectures and tutorials)
Completion of year 1 Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics
Must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Nikos Thomacos |
This unit examines psychological factors affecting health and health care treatment throughout the various stages of life. Nutrition knowledge gained in other units of the course will be supplemented by introducing the broader context of how people's psychological needs may influence eating behaviour and responses to health related dietary change. A developmental framework will be used to consider establishment of normal feeding and eating behaviours and development of feeding problems and eating disorders. A major emphasis in the unit will be on psychological aspects of acute and chronic illnesses and psychological processes within the family that may affect interventions.
At the completion of the unit students will have an understanding of the psychological factors and cultural issues associated with:
Examination (2 hours): 50%
Essay (1,500 words): 30%
Practical Behaviour Change Reports(2): 20%
TBA
3 hours per week (lectures and tutorials)
Completion of Year 1 Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics
Must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Karen Walkerand Dr Kim Murphy (Immunology) |
The aim of this unit is to provide students with a basic understanding of immunology, its role in the development of human disease and the clinical interface between immune processes and nutrition. The unit will provide an overview of humeral and cellular immune responses. It will also cover cells of the immune system and the mechanisms of immune reactions followed by an examination of how these processes may be affected by nutritional deficiencies.
At the completion of this unit the students will be able to:
Examination: 40%
Case study and practical reports: 30%
Essay: 15%
Elimination diet report: 15%
5 hours per week (lectures and tutorials)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Maxine Bonham |
This unit examines the role and context of food regulatory measures that protect public health and safety. It provides an overview of the standards setting process. The basic design of toxicological testing for food contaminants and additives and the risk assessment process will be examined. Recent controversial decisions of the regulatory bodies will be examined to illustrate the regulatory decision making process and the roles of science and politics in that process. A class project will investigate the available food supply and will allow students to become familiar with foods and their nutrient composition. This project will also provide students with research experience.
On completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Examinations (3 hours): 50%
Food Standard Assignment (Pairs): 30%
Student Food Supply Assignment: 20%
3 hours per week (lectures and tutorials)
Completion of Year 2, semester 1 Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics
Must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Maxine Bonham (Nutrition & Dietetics) & Dr Mohamed Mohideen (Microbiology) |
The unit is based on the awareness that micro-organisms play an important role in food and nutrition. It addresses the current state of food microbiology in industrial and domestic applications, the risks associated with food handling practices in food borne illness control, and the regulatory systems current in Australia at the three levels of Government. Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Point (HACCP) is examined as a control mechanism for the prevention of food borne illness. The clinical outcomes of microbial contamination for selected at risk groups in the population, and methods to prevent the transmission of contamination are examined.
On successful completion of the unit the student will understand:
Mid-semester test: 10%
Examinations: 60%
Practical reports and quizzes: 10%
MCQ: 5%
Assignment: 15%
4 hours per week (2 hrs lecture
2 hrs practical/tutorial)
Must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Claire Palermo |
This unit will focus on the acquisition of food preparation skills a comprehensive knowledge base about foods. Students will be expected to develop basic cooking skills and techniques and should understand basic methods of food preservation and storage. Students will gain an understanding of the use of a wide diversity of foods from different cuisines. They will also learn the impact of food chemistry on recipe modification and to modify recipes to meet specific nutritional goals. The unit is fundamental practical training for further training in food service management and providing practical dietary advice on food and eating.
On completion of this unit, students will be expected to be able to:
Examination (3 hours): 40%
Assignments - 60% + Skill demonstrations (Pass/Fail). Pass in the examination and in the skills demonstration is required to pass the unit overall
Completion of Year 2 semester 1 Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics
Must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | tba |
This unit provides a strong foundation in supporting students to become experts in the area of food - from the cellular scientific makeup and composition to food microbiology, food regulations and standards coupled with skill based acquisition, exploring the diversity of food and eating practices with an application to nutrition and dietetic practice. Theme 4 (Food from Science to Systems) is the key theme explored in this unit with integration from Theme 1 (Personal Development and Professional Practice) as students extend their skills in cultural competency and communication and the scientific underpinnings from Theme 3 (Nutrition Fundamentals of Health and Disease).
In this unit, students will acquire food preparation skills; become familiar with Australia's diverse foods and modify recipes and menus to meet specific nutritional goals. They will also compare food service settings providing food for the general population and to outline the training and skills required for food service staff. Students will gain an appreciation of micro-organisms and the important role they play in food production and in food-borne disease; becoming proficient in risk assessment and safe food handling practices. They will discuss the regulatory system set up in Australia to control food safety, food labelling and food content and gain experience in evaluating the role of science and politics within the regulatory decision-making process.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
nutrition, health and disease
Practical Reports 20%
Assignments 40%
Exams (40%)
Mid-term exam - MCQ (formative)
HURDLE:
End of semester exam- MCQ, short answer and essay-style questions
24 h/week including contact hours and private study
3 x 2h lectures/week; one 2h practical class or demonstration per week; one 4h practical class per week
BND1001: Personal and Professional Perspectives in Nutrition
BND1101: Science Foundations
BND1102: Food and Nutrition Science
3404 Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics or 3956 Bachelor of Nutrition Science
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Maxine Bonham and Dr Jacob Hollis |
This unit will focus on developing students' fundamental scientific knowledge in the areas of biochemistry, physiology, anatomy and immunology as the basis for nutrition and dietetics practice. The areas of pharmacology and genetics will be included as the role of nutrition in these sciences is increasingly emphasised.
The key theme explored in this unit is Theme 3: Nutrition Fundamentals of Health and Disease coupled with partial integration of content and application from Theme 1: Personal Development and Professional Practice and Theme 4: Food from Science to systems.
This unit will take a scientific approach to understanding the anatomy and physiology of the human body in growth and development and the impact of dietary input on cellular and metabolic processes whilst recognising the neuroendocrine control of nutrients within the body and the role of essential micronutrients in immune function. Teaching will focus on a case based learning approach to knowledge application.
On completion of this unit, a student will be able to:
Practical reports including anthropometrical (body composition) assessment: 20%
Case studies: 10%
Structured essay (1500 words): 10%
Mid semester exam: 10%
2x end of semester exams: 50% (25 % per exam)
Examinations are a hurdle requirement.
6 x 2 hours per week lectures/tutorials on campus
1 x 3 hours practical on campus
21 hours self study and assessment related work
Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics (3404) and Bachelor of Nutrition Science (3956) only
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Simone Gibson |
Synopsis, Case study and simulated learning will be used in this unit to support the teaching and learning of dietetic assessment and nutrition management principles, core communication and counselling skills and strategies for working with individuals. Dietetic assessment tools covered include: food composition and analysis, biochemical result interpretation, anthropometry, interpreting clinical and dietary data, the Dietitian's role in health care teams, professional practice guidelines, counselling theory and skill development.
At the completion of the unit students will have an applied understanding of:
Examination: 40%
Assignments 20%
Practical exam (OSCE) 40% which is a hurdle to progress with BND3052
6 hours (lectures, tutorial, clinical observation and placement)
Completion of Year 3 Semester 1 of Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics
BND3052 and must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Claire Palermo (Nutrition and Dietetics) |
This unit will focus on understanding and application of theoretical frameworks from the behavioral sciences and education to design and deliver food and nutrition education to various groups and to facilitate the adoption of healthful behaviors. Students will gain practical experience by designing, implementing and evaluating a nutrition education program. To facilitate learning in relation to vulnerable groups most likely to require nutrition education and to develop an understanding of social justice issues related to nutrition education, students will be required to undertake voluntary work with community based organisations and complete a range of tasks.
Written health education report 3,000 words - 30%Oral group education presentation - 30%
Resource development as part of group education program -15%
Portfolio 25%
Equivalent to 4 hours per week (lectures and tutorials)
Completion of Year 2 Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics
BND3031 and Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Evelyn Volders |
Students will gain a basic understanding of the nutritional requirements of normal healthy people over the entire lifespan incorporating the special needs of pregnancy, lactation, infancy and childhood, adolescence, adulthood, menopause and old age. The unit will develop an awareness of the range and diversity of normal food intake and eating behaviours at different life stages. Students will learn the principles of nutrition assessment for different age groups, gain an understanding of the different nutrient requirements over the life cycle and learn how the dietary recommendations for nutrient intakes are derived and applied to different populations.
At the completion of the unit the student the student should be able to:
Examination: 60%
Practical reports (x3): 40%
4 hours per week (lectures and tutorials)
Completion of Year 2 Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics
Must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Simone Gibson |
The unit is a core requirement in developing a graduate with clinical, personal, professional and scientific skills, specific to practicing nutrition care in both well and nutritionally compromised populations, and covers the clinical domains required by the national accreditation body for knowledge and skill development to practise as an entry level dietitian in clinical practice.
The unit will focus on the epidemiology, aetiology, prevention and medical and nutritional management of diet-related diseases in the clinical or community setting. Experience in the dietetic management of common nutrition related diseases in age related groups selected for their specific characteristics such as: the elderly with conditions such as movement disorders, dementia and frailty, the special needs of children and adolescents, disability and eating disorders, obstetrics and the management of specific conditions such as hyperemesis and gestational diabetes and infants with special needs. The nutritional impact of alcohol abuse in adults and in pregnancy will also be explored.
Practical application of the assessment, treatment plan, monitoring and outcome reporting of the outlined conditions will be undertaken in a 4 week clinical placement. Students will learn how to thoroughly assess each new client and develop management plans for nutritional care.
A problem based learning module will support and extend the learning in this unit.
At the completion of the unit the student will be able to:
Examinations: 40% - students must pass this hurdle requirement to pass this unit.
Practical competency: Pass / Fail - students must pass this hurdle requirement to pass this unit.
Evidence based practice and cases: 20%
Journal club presentation and summary document: 10%
Clinical case presentation 5%
Nutrition care plan: 15%
Clinical portfolio: 10%
There will be 6-weeks of classroom based learning at the commencement of semester 2 followed by 8 weeks of practical skill development (4 weeks on this will be in the clinical placement setting).
Successful completion of Year 2 Semester 1 of the Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics
BND3021 and must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Evelyn Volders |
The unit introduces students to the organization of the Australian healthcare system. Topics include: professional responsibilities of the Dietitian and their role in the healthcare team in differing institutional, community and rural settings. Issues of health policy, will be examined in relation to preventative healthcare. Ethical issues surrounding confidentiality, patients' rights and professional standards in nutrition issues will be covered. Critical pathways of referral will be examined and the monitoring of patient care with respect to medical records will be described. Statistical management benchmarks of hospital data will be examined.
On completion of this unit the student will be able to:
Written assignments and Case studies: 80%
Oral assignments: 20%
2 hours per week lectures and 2 hours per week tutorials
Completion of Year 2 Semester 2, Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics
Must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Claire Palermo |
This unit will address prevention of disease at the population level. It will examine epidemiological indicators of nutrition related disease, the value of monitoring and surveillance in evaluating health indices over time, the role of targeted health promotion and health education strategies, and the use of upstream public health approaches to address nutrition related disorders like childhood obesity. The links between sectors like economics, advertising, and regulation will be examined for sociological and epidemiological impact as well as the social determinants of nutritional health.
On completion of this unit students will be able to:
Examination: 50%
Assignments: 50%
Tutorial activities: ungraded.
4 hours per week (interactive classes and tutorials), 8 hours self-directed study.
BMS1042, BND1032 or equivalent
BND3031 and must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Monash Passport category | Industry Linkage (Act Program) |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Simone Gibson |
The knowledge areas of the medical treatment domains of clinical dietetics as required by the Dietitians Association of Australia will be taught and practised under supervision in the healthcare setting for acute and chronic conditions.
The practical experience of nutrition assessment, including anthropometric, biochemical, clinical, dietary, appetite and gastrointestinal function will be placed in the context of underlying medical conditions, and a nutrition care plan formulated, implemented and evaluated for outcomes.
The acute and ambulatory aspects of nutrition care will be studied, and the aspects of team management (nursing, allied health, medicine, social work) are placed in context with the development of communication skills. The student spends most time in the clinical placement setting with clinical education support and supervision. Case based learning will be used in class, co-morbidities examined for prioritisation of nutrition interventions in a problem solving context, and the student incrementally takes more responsibility over the semester for patient care including charting in the medical histories, co-signed by the supervisor.
The domains covered in this unit will be the management and dietetic treatment of gastrointestinal and pancreatic disease, liver disease, oncology, renal disease, pulmonary disease, allergy; neurosciences, nutrition support methodologies, intensive care nutrition, surgery, trauma, burns, infectious diseases and acute paediatrics.
The knowledge areas of the medical treatment domains of clinical dietetics as required by the Dietitians Association of Australia will be taught and practised under supervision in the healthcare setting for acute and chronic conditions.
The practical experience of nutrition assessment, including anthropometric, biochemical, clinical, dietary, appetite and gastrointestinal function will be placed in the context of underlying medical conditions, and a nutrition care plan formulated, implemented and evaluated for outcomes.
The acute and ambulatory aspects of nutrition care will be studied, and the aspects of team management (nursing, allied health, medicine, social work) are placed in context with the development of communication skills. The student spends most time in the clinical placement setting with clinical education support and supervision. Case based learning will be used in class, co-morbidities examined for prioritisation of nutrition interventions in a problem solving context, and the student incrementally takes more responsibility over the semester for patient care including charting in the medical histories, co-signed by the supervisor.
The domains covered in this unit will be the management and dietetic treatment of gastrointestinal and pancreatic disease, liver disease, oncology, renal disease, pulmonary disease, allergy; neurosciences, nutrition support methodologies, intensive care nutrition, surgery, trauma, burns, infectious diseases and acute paediatrics.
Objectives
At the completion of the unit the students will be able to:
Examination: 40%
Major case study: 35%
Assignments : 10%
Professional competency assessment of skills and competencies observed on clinical placement: Ungraded Pass
Clinical portfolio (including reflective and experiential learning): 15%.
Students must pass the examination, and the clinical placement competencies in order to achieve a pass in this unit.
Completion of Year 3 of the Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics or its equivalent
BND4021 and must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Monash Passport category | Industry Linkage (Act Program) |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Prof Helen Truby and Ms Andrea Bryce |
This units focuses on the role and management of food service systems, and uses the food service setting as a context for a study of general management principles. The student will gain an understanding of food service systems, and the provision of food services in institutional settings, including purchase of contracted services. The relationship between clinical dietetics and food services, and meeting client needs will be considered. Topics will include human resource management, institutional food and nutritional policy, menu design and assessment, regulatory and accreditation requirements, industrial relations, recruitment and staff management, budgeting and quality management.
Assignments: 75%
E-learning activities 25%
An overall pass mark in the practice placement assignment, is required to pass the unit.
Completion of Years 1, 2 and 3 of the Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics or its equivalent
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Janeane Dart |
This unit encourages students to discuss and explore personal and professional issues in contemporary dietetic practice. It aims to draw together theoretical foundations of nutrition and dietetics and practical experiences and extend students in entry level competent practice. The unit will challenge students to think critically about their own practice and placement experiences. It will also support them to evaluate and integrate knowledge, skills and attitudes in preparation for entry into the workforce.
On completion of this unit students will be able to:
Debate: 20%
Personal and Professional Development Plan including reflection: 30%
Assignments: 50%
Completion of Year 3, and semester one of Year 4 in the Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics
Must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Monash Passport category | Industry Linkage (Act Program) |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Claire Palermo |
This fieldwork will challenge the student to integrate their academic training and to synthesise knowledge into a practical community or public health nutrition project. The unit requires students to participate in the program planning cycle towards addressing a public health or community nutrition issue for the workplace setting. Students will gain confidence by participating in a work environment and provide tangible benefit to their participating setting. Students will gain entry level knowledge in all areas of nutrition and dietetic practice. Principles of information evaluation, workload management, communication, teamwork and responsibility for project management will be developed.
By the end of this unit students will be able to:
Project proposal: 20%
Project report: 40%
Poster presentation: 20%
Portfolio: 20%
8 weeks full-time (5 days per week) plus 20 hours self directed study.
BND3082 or equivalent
Must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Nutrition and Dietetics.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Helen Truby and Dr Kate Huggins |
A weekly course over 12 weeks on research skills including: study design, use of relevant databases, spreadsheets, statistical analysis software, how to search and summarise the scientific literature, best practice in data presentation, qualitative and quantitative statistical analysis and skills in evidenced based review and critical analysis of scientific writing.
On completion of the unit, students will:
100% for assignments providing a critique of a scientific paper in a selected area of interest and a reflective commentary on seminars given by nutrition scientists. Assessment from BND4111 will contribute 15% to the final mark for BND3865 Bachelor of Nutrition Honours
Lecture/tutorials: 2 hours per week; assignments and self-directed learning: 8 hours per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Helen Truby and Dr Kate Huggins |
Each student will undertake a research project under the supervision of an approved member of the academic or research staff of Monash University. The choice of project and supervisor will be the responsibility of the student, in consultation with an academic advisor for the Nutrition and Dietetics unit. The research project will constitute the major portion of the students' work and will be conducted over a full year. For the purpose of unitisation, this unit will include the components of literature review and description of methods. Students will present their research proposal in a seminar format.
On completion of the unit, students will:
Formative assessment of an oral presentation of the research proposal to academic staff members.
An evidence-based literature review and draft methods chapter which will be judged satisfactory/unsatisfactory. A satisfactory score will be required before progress to BND4122
Research project related work: 36 hours per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Nutrition and Dietetics |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Helen Truby and Dr Kate Huggins |
Each student will undertake a research project under the supervision of an approved member of the academic or research staff of Monash University. The choice of project and supervisor will be the responsibility of the student, in consultation with an academic advisor from the Nutrition and Dietetic unit. The research project will constitute the major portion of the students' work and will be conducted over a full year. This unit will include the components of results, discussion and development of manuscript. Students will present their research results in a seminar format.
On completion of the unit, students will:
A presentation of the research results: 7% of final assessment of honours year
A written thesis of not more than 20,000 words supplemented by an oral thesis review: 78% of final assessment for the honours year.
Research project related work: 42 hours per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Joanne Fielding |
This unit will use a case-based approach to cover the fundamental principles of physics, biochemistry and genetics. The material covered will describe the relationship between heritable metabolic/biochemical disturbances and behaviour. It will also introduce the basic concepts of human genetics including modes of inheritance and genetic mutations in the context of describing case studies of heritable/genetically-determined disorders (eg. Down's Syndrome, Friedreich's ataxia, etc.). Students will also be introduced to several generic skills that will be useful throughout their degree (eg. writing Neuropsychological case report) and perhaps also their future careers
Discussion topic quizzes 12.5%
Behavioural Neuroscience Assignment: 15%
Clinical Neuropsychology assignment: 10%
Biophysics for Neuroscientists short-answer exercise: 7.5%
MCQ Exam: 55%
4 contact hours
8 additional hours per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Russell Conduit |
Notes
Student wishing to enrol in BNS2011 who are not enrolled in Bachelor of Behavioural Neuroscience (course code 2341) must contact the School of Psychology and Psychiatry for permission by email - behavioural.neuroscience@med.monash.edu.au
This unit reviews the gross and cellular structure of the brain and spinal cord and the structures that enclose the nervous system. The majority of the course examines the structural and functional organisation of the spinal cord, brainstem, cerebellum, thalamus, basal ganglia, hypothalamus, cerebral cortex, vasculature and ventricular systems. Emphasis will be placed on how these various parts of the brain mediate behaviour and the neurological consequences that result from their dysfunction.
At the completion of the unit students will be able to:
2 x 2 hour written theory examination (mid and end of semester): 2 x 25%
1 hour laboratory spot test (end of semester): 30%
Weekly Tutorial assessment: 20%
6 contact hours
6 additional hours per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Stephen Robinson |
This unit reviews the gross and cellular structure of the brain and higher structures that encapsulate the nervous system. The majority of the course examines the structural and functional organisation of the cerebellum, thalamus, basal ganglia, limbic system, cerebral cortex, vasculature and ventricular systems. Emphasis will be placed on how these various parts of the brain mediate behaviour and the neurological consequences that result from their dysfunction.
At the completion of the unit, students will be able to:
2 x Written theory examinations (mid-semester, end of semester: short answer and/or multiple choice questions, 2-hours): 2 x 25%
1-hour laboratory spot test: 30%
Weekly Tutorial assessment: 20%
6 contact hours
6 additional hours per week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Russell Conduit |
This unit examines how the chemistry of the nervous system influences behaviour, building on prior knowledge of nervous system function. It addresses the nature of neuronal communication and how neurotransmitters interact with receptors to send signals to other brain cells. Emphasis will be placed on the regulation of homeostasis and behaviour by neurochemicals and hormones. The role of glial cells in controlling key metabolic pathways in the brain will also be reviewed. Lastly, this unit will examine how synaptic plasticity and biochemical changes underpin memory formation.
Mid-semester examination (2-hours): 30%
End-semester examination (2 hours): 30%
Practical reports (3 reports of 1000 words): 30%
Blackboard Quiz on research design and ethics: 10%
3 hours lectures
2 hours practical or equivalent
7 additional hours per week
BNS3031, BNS3041
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Shantha Rajaratnam |
Following a brief examination of philosophical views of awareness and consciousness, the neurobiological mechanisms that underlie changes in awareness are examined. The modes of action, brain regions targeted and effects on cognition and behaviour of clinical, prescribed and recreational drugs are discussed. They are compared with other altered states of awareness, in particular circadian rhythms and sleep. The notion that awareness results from the integration of cellular activity in the brain and that subtle changes in this pattern of activity can dramatically alter awareness, cognition and behaviour, is emphasised.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Additional objectives involve fostering research and presentation skills that will be useful to graduates of Behavioural Neuroscience. To this end, student at the completion of the course will have:
Mid-semester written theory examination (short answer and/or MCQ, 2 hour): 35%
End of semester written theory examination (short answer and/or MCQ, 2 hour): 35%
Short practical report (maximum 500 words): 5%
Laboratory report (2,000 words) 25%
5 contact hours
7 additional hours per week (or 3 contact hours
9 additional hours on alternate weeks)
PSY3102
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Glenn Melvin |
This unit examines common neurological conditions that result in behavioural dysfunction, and imaging techniques that can assist their diagnosis. The first five weeks examine the applications, limitations and theoretical bases of X-ray imaging, CT, angiography, PET, MRI, FMRI, SPECT, EEG and MEG. The remainder investigates the neurobiological correlates of traumatic brain injury, brain tumours, epilepsies, cerebrovascular disorders, Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's disease, multiple sclerosis and Fragile X Tremor Ataxia Syndrome (FXTAS). Emphasis will be placed on the impact of these disorders on behaviour and cognition, their diagnosis and treatment, and on aspects of patient care.
On successful completion of this unit, students will:
Mid-semester written theory examination (short answer and/or MCQ, 2 hour): 30%
End of semester written theory examination (MCQ, 2 hours): 40%
Multi-disciplinary neuroimaging assignment: 15%
Patient Case Reports: 15%
3 hours of lectures per week (1 x 2 hour; 1 x 1 hour), plus one 2 hour laboratory fortnightly. 6 additional hours per week of study
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Jillian Broadbear |
The aims of the Honours year in behavioural neuroscience are to increase students understanding of theoretical and methodological aspects of research, develop their analytic, research and communication skills, as well as provide students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of the discipline including laboratory techniques and other research-related skills. The unit is also designed to prepare students for higher degree studies. The relatively high weighting of this unit reflects the intensity of taking on a major research project in this field. In this unit students may undertake one major project or two separate, though typically closely-related, research projects in an area within behavioural neuroscience. The project(s) will provide training in both discipline specific and generic research skills and form the basis of a literature review, research paper(s) and oral poster presentation.
On completion of BNS4100 Behavioural Neuroscience Honours Research Project students will:
Oral presentation of research (hurdle)
Literature review (4000 - 5000 words): 20%
Oral poster presentation: 10%
Two separate research papers (5000 - 7000 words each) or one combined research paper (8000-10000 words): 70%
42 hours/week on their research project. Six 2-3 hour seminars/workshops
BNS4200 - Must be enrolled in the Honours degree of Bachelor of Behavioural Neuroscience.
BNS4200
Must be enrolled in the Honours degree of Bachelor of Behavioural Neuroscience.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Katrina Simpson |
The aim of the Honours year in behavioural neuroscience is to increase students' understanding of theoretical and methodological aspects of research, develop their analytic, research and communication skills, as well as provide students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of the discipline including laboratory techniques and other research-related skills. In this unit students will complete the Research Design and Analysis coursework component. It involves attending a lecture series and associated workshops that are designed to expand the students' knowledge of univariate and multivariate statistical procedures used by neuroscientists and psychologists in research.
On completion of BNS4200 Behavioural Neuroscience Honours Research Design and Analysis unit, students will:
1 x 2 hr end of semester MCQ and short answer examination (open book, 70%)
2 (out of 6) practical assessment tasks (1,500 words; 15% each)
2 hours per week of lectures and 1 hour per week of tutorials and SPSSX training per fortnight.
BNS4100
Must be enrolled in the Honours degree of Bachelor of Behavioural Neuroscience
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Gippsland Medical School |
Offered | Gippsland First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Assoc Professor Shane Bullock |
This unit reflects an introduction to the four themes of the MBBS curriculum: Theme I (Personal and Professional Development), Theme II (Society, Population, Health and Illness), Theme III (Scientific Basis of Clinical Practice) and Theme IV (Clinical Skills). Students begin to develop the knowledge, skills and attributes required by a medical student. Knowledge in the basic medical and behavioural sciences is developed within inter-disciplinary units related to clinical and other problems through problem based learning clinical case studies. Clinical skills development introduces history-taking, physical examination and clinical reasoning through clinical skills tutorials and clinical placement activities. Community partnership placements are commenced.
Students will be expected to achieve the learning objectives in all four Themes for this Unit. Theme I Personal and Professional Development, Theme II Population, Society, Health and Illness, Theme III Scientific Basis of Clinical Practice and Theme IV Clinical Skills.
Three assignments: 5%
5% +10%, written mid-semester exam: 5%, written end-of-semester exam: 10%.
18 weeks based upon 27 contact hours of predominately small group teaching and learning activities which will include some lectures, tutorials, practical sessions, fortnightly clinical placements and Community Based Program placements.
Must be enrolled in course code 3952
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Gippsland Medical School |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Assoc Professor Shane Bullock |
GMA2000 provides an overall result for Year A Graduate entry MBBS based upon achievement in GMA1011, GMA2022 and includes the Vertically Integrated Assessment examination undertaken at the end of Year A. Teaching and learning activities for GMA1011 and GMA2022 have been outlined in the relevant unit approvals and student results for each of these units will contribute to the result for GMA2000.
GMA2000 is a hurdle requirement for successful completion of the Graduate entry MBBS course. On successful completion of the unit students will have demonstrated the necessary integration of knowledge and skills developed during Year A of the medicine course.
Must be enrolled in course code 3952
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Gippsland Medical School |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Assoc Professor Shane Bullock |
This unit reflects the four themes of the MBBS curriculum: Theme I (Personal and Professional Development), Theme II (Society, Population, Health and Illness), Theme III (Scientific Basis of Clinical Practice) and Theme IV (Clinical Skills).
Students will be expected to achieve the learning objectives in all four Themes for this Unit. Theme I Personal and Professional Development, Theme II Population, Society, Health and Illness, Theme III Scientific Basis of Clinical Practice and Theme IV Clinical Skills.
Three written assignments: 5%+5%
5%, written mid-semester exam: 5%, written end-of-semester exam: 10%, practical exam (OSCE): 15%, Vertically Integrated Assessment (VIA) exam: 20%
Workload requirement: 18 weeks based upon 27 contact hours of predominately small group teaching and learning activities which will include some lectures, tutorials, practical sessions, fortnightly clinical placements.
Must be enrolled in course code 3952
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Gippsland Medical School |
Offered | Gippsland First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Sunway First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Elmer Villanueva |
GMB3031 is an integrated medicine/surgery curriculum based on the four themes of the medical curriculum: personal and professional development; population, society, health and illness; foundations of medicine; and, clinical skills. Evidence-based educational approaches support students in acquiring appropriate knowledge, attitudes and skills in medicine, surgery, clinical skills, evidence-based clinical practice, occupational and environmental medicine, pathophysiology, pharmacology, ethics and law. Previous learning in Year A will be extended in a vertically integrated manner.
By the end of Year B, students are expected to be able to:
Theme I: Personal and Professional Development
Theme II: Population, Society, Health and Illness
Theme III: Scientific Basis of Clinical Practice
History/examination and Differential Diagnosis:
Clinical Features, Natural history, Pathogenesis and Pathology of disease
Recognition of Complexity in Patients' Health and Disease:
Investigating Health Problems:
General Principles of Management
Surgical Management
Pharmacotherapeutics
The Role of Research in Advancing Medical Knowledge:
Theme IV: Clinical Skills
27. Communicate clearly, considerately and sensitively with peers, patients, relatives, doctors, nurses, other health care professionals and the general public;28. Conduct a patient-centered interview that is tactful, accurate, organized and problem-focused;29. Describe principles for giving information to patients (e.g. applied to procedural information, patient education skills);30. Conduct relevant and appropriate physical and clinical examinations. 31. Describe and use clinical reasoning skills;32. Frame appropriate diagnoses/differential diagnoses in commonly presenting complaints;33. Correctly perform specified practical techniques, tasks and procedures;34. Describe normal and abnormal reactions to illness, disability and loss.
Mini Case Records (MCRs)(70%)
Integrated clinical appraisal activity (30%)
Hurdle requirements: satisfactory attendance of over 80%, log book completion, completion of on-line tasks, satisfactory participation and performance in clinical skills activities and portfolio submission.
Weekly there will be approximately 13 hours of structured teaching and
learning, 10 hours of unstructured learning in clinical settings and 25 hours of unstructured individual learning (private study).
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Gippsland Medical School |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Sunway Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Elmer Villanueva |
GMB3042 is an integrated medicine/surgery curriculum based on the four themes of the medical curriculum: personal and professional development; population, society, health and illness; foundations of medicine; and, clinical skills. Evidence-based educational approaches support students in acquiring appropriate knowledge, attitudes and skills in medicine, surgery, clinical skills, evidence-based clinical practice, occupational and environmental medicine, pathophysiology, pharmacology, ethics and law. Previous learning in Year A will be extended in a vertically integrated manner.
By the end of Year B, students are expected to be able to:
Theme I: Personal and Professional Development
Theme II: Population, Society, Health and Illness
Theme III: Scientific Basis of Clinical Practice
Theme IV: Clinical Skills
Mini Case Records (MCRs) (70%)
Integrated clinical appraisal activity (30%)
Hurdle requirements: satisfactory attendance of over 80%, log book completion, completion of on-line tasks, satisfactory participation and performance in clinical skills activities and portfolio submission.
Weekly there will be approximately 13 hours of structured teaching and
learning, 10 hours of unstructured learning in clinical settings and 25 hours of unstructured individual learning (private study).
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Gippsland Medical School |
Offered | Gippsland Full year (extended) 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Elmer Villanuev |
Introductory Clinical Studies integrates the learning across GMB3031 and GMB3042. Learning activities specific to each specialty area will be linked to the specific clinical placement and may include lectures, tutorials, case-based learning, bed- side tutorials, practical skills sessions, and specialty teaching clinics and directed learning activities.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to
Objective structured clinical examination (OSCE) (55%)
Written examination (45%)
Hurdle requirements: satisfactory attendance of over 80%, satisfactory participation and performance in clinical skills activities.
2 x 18 week semesters in continuous rotations through clinical attachments.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Gippsland Medical School |
Offered | Gippsland First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Assoc. Prof David Campbell |
GMC4000 provides an overall result for Year C MBBS based upon achievement in GMB3031, GMB 3042, GMC4151, GMC4162 and the Vertically Integrated Assessment (VIA) examination.
Students will need to successfully complete GMB 3031, GMB3042, GMC4151, GMC4162 and the VIA examination.
A grade will be awarded for GMC4000 based on student achievement in GMB3031,GMB3042, GMC4151, GMC4162 and the VIA examination.
GMC4000 is a hurdle requirement for successful completion of the MBBS course. On completion of the unit students will have demonstrated the necessary integration of knowledge and skills developed during Years A to C of the graduate-entry medicine course.
Nil
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Gippsland Medical School |
Offered | Gippsland First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Sunway First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor David Campbell |
Specialty Clinical Practices I provides clinical teaching in Children's Health, General Practice, Psychiatry and Women's Health. Students will undertake clinical placements in at least 2 specialty areas across the semester.
Learning activities, tailored to the specific placement, may include lectures, tutorials, case-based learning, bedside tutorials, practical skills sessions, and specialty teaching clinics and directed learning activities. Students are expected to attend clinical settings, undertake independent learning activities and consolidate knowledge and skills from previous learning. EBCP and Health Systems Management components will be integrated with placement activities.
On successful completion, for the disciplines relevant to each of the clinical
placements undertaken, students are expected to be able to:
Theme I: Personal and Professional Development
Theme II: Population, Society, Health and Illness
Theme III: Foundations of Clinical Practice
Theme IV: Clinical Skills
Summative in-semester assessment tasks (written and practical tasks) specific for the discipline area of the clinical attachments (ie Children's Health, General Practice Women's Health, and Psychiatry). Weighting 100%
Hurdle requirements for each area of clinical attachment (ie Children's Health, General Practice Women's Health) such as completion of specified clinical tasks and completion of logbooks. Successful completion of web based Evidence-Based Clinical Practice and Health Systems Management components.
80% minimum attendance hurdle requirement
This is a 12 point unit over 18 weeks in continuous rotations through clinical attachments.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Gippsland Medical School |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Sunway Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Assoc Professor David Campbell |
Specialty Clinical Practices II provides clinical teaching in Children's Health, General Practice, Psychiatry and Women's Health. Students will undertake clinical placements in at least 2 specialty areas across the semester.
Learning activities, tailored to the specific placement, may include lectures, tutorials, case-based learning, bedside tutorials, practical skills sessions, and specialty teaching clinics and directed learning activities.
Students are expected to attend clinical settings, undertake independent learning activities and consolidate knowledge and skills from previous learning. EBCP and Health Economics components will be integrated with placement activities.
On successful completion, for the disciplines relevant to each of the clinical
placements undertaken, students are expected to be able to:
Theme I: Personal and Professional Development
Theme II: Population, Society, Health and Illness
Theme III: Foundations of Clinical Practice
Theme IV: Clinical Skills
Summative assessment tasks (written and practical) specific for the discipline area of the clinical attachments (ie Children's Health, General Practice Women's Health, Psychiatry) with a total of 12 assessment workload points for in-semester assessment. Weighting 100%
Hurdle requirements for each area of clinical attachment (ie Children's Health, General Practice Women's Health) such as specified clinical tasks and completion of logbooks. Successful completion of web-based Evidence-Based Clinical Practice and Health Economics components.
80% minimum attendance hurdle requirement
This is a 12 point unit over 18 weeks in continuous rotations through clinical attachments.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Gippsland Medical School |
Offered | Gippsland Full year (extended) 2013 (Day) Sunway Full year (extended) 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor David Campbell |
Integrated Clinical Studies builds upon learning in the specialty clinical areas of Children's Health, General Practice, Psychiatry and Women's Health.
Students will undertake clinical placements in each specialty clinical areas across the year. Learning activities specific to each specialty area will be linked to the specific clinical placement and may include lectures, tutorials, case-based learning, bedside tutorials, practical skills sessions, and specialty teaching clinics and directed learning activities. Students are expected to consolidate knowledge and skills through both experiential learning in clinical settings and self directed study.
On successful completion, for the disciplines relevant to each of the clinical placements undertaken, students are expected to be able to:
Theme I: Personal and Professional Development
Theme II: Population, Society, Health and Illness
Theme III: Foundations of Clinical Practice
Theme IV: Clinical Skills
Summative assessment tasks:
OSCEs 40%
Written examinations 40%
Written VIA 20 %
Attendance (80% attendance at clinical attachments)
This is a 24 point unit over 2 x18 week semesters in continuous rotations through clinical attachments.
80% minimum attendance hurdle requirement
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Gippsland Medical School |
Offered | Gippsland First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Shane Bullock |
GMD5071 is focused on facilitating the transition of students into the medical workplace as beginning interns. Students will participate in a range of learning experiences which are designed to substantially enhance their clinical reasoning, diagnostic and case management skills. Students will participate in supervised clinical practice and related learning activities (modules). Further, students will have the opportunity to broaden their knowledge and skills in self selected areas of clinical practice which may include electing a remote community, health or medicine related field.
At the completion of GMD5071, the student will demonstrate:
Clinical sciences: (Themes III & IV)
Biosciences: (Themes II and III)
Knowledge of health care systems: (Theme II)
Professional attributes and behaviour: (Theme I and IV)
There will be multiple approaches to assessment in GMD5071 (GMD5082) as follows:
Apart from the PIA 'in-training' assessment, which will be graded, all assessment tasks will be a "hurdle" requirement.
Each assessment item will need to be successfully completed to Pass the unit.
1. Formative assessment;
2. Moderated online discussions;
3. Case presentations;
4. Clinical Knowledge Test;
5. Pre-Intern Appraisal (PIA);
6. Portfolio.
Hurdle requirement:
Students must attend a minimum of 80% tutorials and clinical placements to pass this unit.
Completion of clinical orientated learning modules together with other negotiated, self directed clinical activities, will form the basis of the pre-intern experience for the student which constitutes a total workload of 30 hours per week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Gippsland Medical School |
Offered | Gippsland First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Shane Bullock |
GMD5082 is one of three units in the final year of the 4-year graduate-entry MBBS course. In this unit, the theme related integrated approach that has characterized the student's previous three years of study is continued. Students will consolidate and enhance their knowledge, clinical skills and professional behaviours in three of the following clinically orientated rotations: Aged Care, Emergency Medicine, Medical, Surgical, Specialty and a Student Elective in a clinical area of personal interest subject to Faculty approval.
GMD5082 is focused on facilitating the transition of students into the medical workplace as beginning interns. Students will participate in a range of learning experiences which are designed to substantially enhance their clinical reasoning, diagnostic and case management skills. Students will participate in supervised clinical practice and related learning activities (modules). Further, students will have the opportunity to broaden their knowledge and skills in self selected areas of clinical practice which may include electing a remote community, health or medicine related field.
At the completion of GMD5082, the student will demonstrate:
Clinical sciences: (Themes III & IV)
Biosciences: (Themes II and III)
Knowledge of health care systems: (Theme II)
Professional attributes and behaviour: (Theme I and IV)
There will be multiple approaches to assessment in GMD5071 (GMD5082) as follows:
Apart from the PIA 'in-training' assessment, which will be graded, all assessment tasks will be a "hurdle" requirement.
Each assessment item will need to be successfully completed to Pass the unit.
1. Formative assessment;
2. Moderated online discussions;
3. Case presentations;
4. Clinical Knowledge Test;
5. Pre-Intern Appraisal (PIA);
6. Portfolio.
Hurdle requirement:
Students must attend a minimum of 80% tutorials and clinical placements to pass this unit.
Workload requirement: Completion of clinical orientated learning modules together with other negotiated, self directed clinical activities will form the basis of the pre-intern experience for the student which constitutes a total workload of 30 hours per week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Gippsland Medical School |
Offered | Gippsland Full year (extended) 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Ben Canny |
This unit indicates the honours grade obtained by a student on completion of the four years of the graduate entry MB BS degree. Students are not eligible for honours if they take more than four years (not including intermitted years) to complete the course. The grade is derived from a formula approved by faculty board as outlined below.
Year A: 30%
Year B: 30%
Year C: 30%
Year D: 10%
2012 pre-reqs: GMA1011, GMA2000, GMA2022, GMB3031, GMB3042, GMC4000, GMC4051, GMC4062
2013 pre-reqs: GMC4151, GMC4162, GMC4200, GMC4000
MED5100, MED6005
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Gippsland Medical School |
Offered | Gippsland Full year (extended) 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Chris Wright |
Medical practitioners are frequently required to respond to emerging and consolidating innovations and policies related to clinical practice. GMD5102 further develops the concept of 'fitness to practice' and focuses upon the development of students' understanding of the principles of Patient Safety and the related clinical competencies. The unit will provide students with an understanding of the role of research in Patient Safety and the application of these principles and practices in diverse contexts. The unit will have the capacity to respond to other issues / innovations / policy changes as they arise in medical practice
At the completion of GMD5102 students will be able to:
Students will not be individually graded, but all assessments will be a hurdle requirement. Each assessment item will need to be successfully completed to pass this unit.
1. Observed Patient Safety Skills Assessment
2. Student group presentations
3. On-line assessment tasks.
Hurdle requirement: Students must attend a minimum of 80% tutorials and clinical placements to pass this unit.
Students will undertake a combination of lectures; tutorials, workshops, clinical activities and individual study. An estimated workload of 3 hours per week over the course of the year will be divided between on-campus and off-campus activities. Total 144 hours.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Belinda Lewis |
This unit demonstrates that 'health' is a contested concept with multiple definitions and meanings. ICF and 'socio-ecological' models of health are used to explore individual, socio-cultural, economic and environmental determinants of health for individuals, families and communities. Principles of social equity are used to explore patterns of ill-health, risk and resource distribution within social groups, communities and broader society. Differences between individual and population health are examined. Critical perspectives explore political and ideological dimensions of health including individual and collective responsibility, and roles for governments, private enterprise and volunteers.
By the completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Community interview and report: 25%
Written assignment: 45%
Examination: 30%
Hurdle requirement: attendance at 80% of tutorials, unless medical or other certification provided.
On campus students: 12 hours per week including contact time (1 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial), fieldwork and self-directed learning.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Assoc Prof Catherine Joyce (Caulfield), Mrs Jackie Witthuhn (South Africa) |
HSC1052 provides an introduction to health care systems (local and global), including their relations to policy, politics and the interaction of the system with the health needs and outcomes of populations and individuals. The unit also utilizes relevant current events to generate discussion and debate around policy approaches to specific issues and the politics of health and social care.
1. Written assignment (20%)
2. Group presentation (20%)
3. Written assignment (45%)
4. Weekly Quiz (15%)
Hurdle requirements: 80% attendance at tutorials unless medical or other certification provided and completion of in-class activities.
12 hours per week including contact time (1 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial) and self directed learning.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Monash Passport category | Research Challenge (Investigate Program) |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Day) South Africa First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Assoc Prof Dragan Ilic and Darshini Ayton (Caulfield), Juliana Kagura (South Africa) |
This unit introduces students to the skills necessary to locate, critique the usefulness and quality of, and summarise evidence to provide them with a solid foundation for an evidence-based approach to optimising health and well-being at a population level. Students are guided through skills in searching for and locating evidence. They are introduced to different research methodologies and ways of analysing data to understand various research paradigms. This information is used to critique the available literature. Students will be introduced to both qualitative and quantitative methods of data collection and analysis; basic descriptive statistics;, measurement concepts; and synthesis and reporting of data.
AT1: Evidence ranking and summary (15%)
AT2a: Quantitative data test (5%)
AT2b: Qualitative data test (5%)
AT2c: Quantitative & Qualitative analysis test (5%)
AT3: Group presentation (Oral)(30%)
AT4: Written examination (2 hours)(40%)
Hurdle requirements:
Tutorial attendance (80% attendance)
Workshop attendance (80% attendance)
4 hours per week - 1 hour lecture, 2.0 hour tutorial, 1.0 hour workshop
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Biswajit Banik |
This unit introduces students to the key principles and frameworks that guide health promotion and disease prevention in Australia and internationally. Students will examine concepts and theories that underpin health promotion and the primary care, behavioural and socio-environmental approaches used in this field. Important dimensions of practice, including partnerships, participation, multi-level action, capacity building and evidence-based practice will be explored. The areas of health promotion action that will be examined will encompass policy development for health, creating supportive environments, health education strategies, health communication techniques at the group and population level, and advocacy. The application of these to health challenges in diverse cultural and economic contexts will be explored. By the completion of the Unit, students will be expected to demonstrate an understanding of health promotion's key concepts, values and methods, and the criteria by which the quality of practice can be judged.
By the completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Class test 10%; research report 30%, in-class presentation 20%; examination 40%. Hurdle requirement: 80% attendance at tutorials.
1 hour lecture and 2 hours tutorial per week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2013 (Day) South Africa First semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr John Oldroyd (Caulfield), Dr Rosalie Aroni (Berwick), Ms Natasha Khamisa (South Africa) |
This unit provides foundation knowledge in public health that begins with its historical underpinnings and leads to examination of the principles, practices and values of contemporary public health. Case studies will be used to illustrate the importance of intersectoral, interdisciplinary, systems thinking for the success of public health programs and policy. You will learn to critically analyse the determinants and burdens of disparate rates of illness and disease from the perspectives of health inequalities and vulnerable populations to understand public health priorities, and the core roles and functions of public health systems and programs. While the focus of this unit is on Australia, the learnings from this unit can be applied to public health issues and systems in any country.
Report: 30%
Essay: 30%
Examination: 40%
Lecture 1.0 hour and Tutorial 2.0 hours per week plus 9 hours per week
Nil
Nil
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Darshini Ayton |
This unit introduces students to a population view of health. The primary purpose is to provide students with a solid foundation for optimising health and well-being at a community or population level. Discussions are based on what data is available and is collected and how this is used to determine what the major health issues are, who is at risk of ill-health, what the determinants or influences on human health and disease are, and what is the potential for prevention. This unit focuses on Australia's health, and covers the environmental, economic, social and political determinants of health during different aspects of the lifespan and in particular population groups
By completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Two in-class tests: 20%
Written report (2000 words): 20%
Tutorial participation: 10%
Written examination: 50%
Hurdle requirement of 80% tutorial participation
12 Hours per week including 3 hours of contact time and 9 hours of private study
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Day) South Africa First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Basia Diug (Berwick, Caulfield), Mr Modikwe Rammopo (South Africa) |
The unit examines the biological determinants of the major non-communicable diseases that are common global causes of death and disability. Students will be encouraged to integrate knowledge of physiological factors, genetic factors and lifestyle choices to explain health and disease across the life span; and to appreciate that knowledge of the biological determinants of disease can be applied to the prevention and control of disease. Case studies will provide the opportunity to develop critical reasoning skills, self-learning and literacy skills necessary for understanding the biological bases of health and disease.
Hurdle requirement:
Attendance at 80% of tutorials
Online quizzes (4) 20%
Oral case presentation 30%
Written examination (2 hours) 50%
3 contact hours per week (1 Lecture hour and 2 tutorial/workshop hours)
9 hours per week of private study
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Basia Diug (Berwick, Caulfield), Mr Modikwe Rammopo (South Africa) |
The fundamental concepts introduced previously in 'Biological Bases of Health and Disease 1' will be developed further with a particular focus on health and disease across the life span and communicable disease.
The unit covers the biological and microbial determinants of diseases that are common global causes of death and disability.
Students will be encouraged to integrate knowledge of physiological factors, genetic factors and lifestyle choices to explain health and disease across the life span and to appreciate that knowledge of the biological determinants of disease can be applied to the prevention and control of disease.
Case studies will provide the opportunity for students to develop critical reasoning skills, self-learning and literacy skills necessary for understanding the biological bases of health and disease.
Hurdle requirement:
Attendance at 80% of tutorials
Written examination (2 hours) 50%
Online quizzes (4) 20%
Oral case presentation 30%
3 contact hours per week (1 Lecture hour and 2 tutorial/workshop hours) and 9 hours per week of private study.
Nil
Nil
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Bradley Crammond (Caulfield), Ms Natasha Khamisa (South Africa) |
In this unit, we ask you to think about the vast and growing inequities in health that exist across the world and the challenges for people living in developing countries. We explore their underlying causes including: globalisation, transnational trade, tourism, rapid development, social and political transitions, climate change, violence and insecurity.
Using research reports and field experience from practical projects, we examine the wider context for working in international settings as well as the issues faced by Indigenous peoples, migrants and refugees.
We explore our responsibilities as 'global citizens' and we challenge you to think about ways you could make a difference.
1. Hurdle requirement: Students are required to attend 80% of tutorials, unless they are able to provide medical or other certification.
2. Formative assessments (not graded) include:
Tutorial participation:
Students will participate in small group and self-directed activities across the whole semester (mid and end semester)
Weekly reflective writing pieces
Students will submit a reflective piece during each tutorial (500 words each). This will cover the weekly topic and encourage students to actively engage with the lecture and reading material.
3. Summative assessments include:
Reflective writing pieces (35%)
Students to submit their 5 best weekly reflective posts (see formative assessment) on the weekly readings and lecture content (totalling 2,500 words)
Class tests (25%)
Assignment (40%)
12 hours per week including contact time (1 hour lecture, 2hour tutorial), fieldwork and self-directed learning
Nil
Nil
Nil
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Charles Livingstone (Caulfield), Dr Rosalie Aroni (Berwick), Prof Geoffrey Setswe (South Africa) |
This unit will explore how individual and population experiences of health are shaped by culture and society. The unit draws on key sociological and anthropological theories and concepts to reveal explanations for health in respect of larger socio-cultural realities and political processes. Students will be encouraged to foster skills in critical deconstruction of Western representations of culture to arrive at an appreciation of various 'ways of knowing', including Indigenous scholarship. There will be a focus on global health and in particular, Indigenous people, place, culture and health.
By the completion of this unit, it is expected that students will be able to:
Formative: Individual journal
Summative: Sociological analysis (20%); Social profile (30%); Group presentation (10%); Theoretical essay (40%)
12 hours per week including contact time (1x1 hour lecture 1x2 hour tutorial / workshop) and private study (9 hours), averaged over the 12 week semester - a total of 156 hours
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Belinda Crockett |
This unit will introduce theoretical models for understanding identity, diversity, and marginalisation which directly affect health outcomes for individuals and populations. Critical perspectives surrounding diversity and equity in the health and social care system will be examined. The unit introduces ethnic, cultural, sexual, religious, indigenous, geographic and socio-economic issues and experiences across the lifespan, with reference to the continuum between ability and disability, and the subsequent implications for health and social care. An important consideration is the intersections of these various social constructs in relation to experiences of health and illness.
By the completion of this unit, it is expected that students will be able to: demonstrate knowledge and understanding of population health approaches; demonstrate an awareness of the complexity of population cohorts and communities and their diverse, and potentially conflicting, health needs; explain the social, political, economic and environmental determinants that affect the health of people in diverse communities; critically analyse the policies, social institutions and social norms that contribute to the issues and problems affecting marginalised individuals and their communities; apply theories of diversity and equity in the health and social care system to selected issues and outline the principles of collaboration and teamwork.
Group presentation (20 minutes, 15%)
Written reflection on group process (500 words, 10%)
Literature review (1500-2000 words,30%)
Written report on individual research project (3000 words, 50%)
Hurdle requirement - students are required to attend 80% of tutorials.
One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour tutorial/workshop per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Ben Smith (Caulfield, Berwick), Mrs Jackie Witthuhn (South Africa) |
In this Unit students will develop knowledge and skills for public health and health promotion program design and implementation. These are core competencies for health promotion practice. Students will develop skills in community needs assessment, determining priorities and defining target populations, and selecting an appropriate mix of strategies based on evidence and theory. Strategies that take into account social and health inequalities will be examined. Students will consider key steps in implementation management and methods for building program sustainability. The planning and evaluation cycle will be examined to assist students to develop a comprehensive evaluation plan. Case studies, group work, planning tools and evaluations of health promotion programs will be used to develop practical problem-solving skills.
Seminar presentation: 10%
Health profile: 30%
Intervention map: 40%
Project implementation plan: 20%
1 hour lecture, 2 hours of tutorials and self-directed learning plus per week plus one 3-hour site visit per semester.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
This unit provides students with an overview of the multiple layers that make up community-focused and/or based health and social care services. The systems, polices and resources inherent in community-focused and/or based health and social care services are reviewed; and, differing perspectives that can used to understand the challenges and opportunities facing such services are explored. The self-management and project management skills needed to maintain effective community based/focussed teams, partnerships and organisations are also explored. Finally, students will gain an appreciation of health care management, which they will be able to explore further through electives in third year.
By the completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Exam (short answer) - 40%
Essay (3,000 words) - 40%
Presentation - 20%
Personal development plan - Hurdle
80% attendance - Hurdle
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2013 (Day) South Africa First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Rosalie Aroni(Berwick), Margaret Brand (Caulfield) TBA(South Africa) |
Students will critically analyse the structure, politics and role of the mass media (public relations, news, advertising, advocacy, popular culture) in constructing public health issues. Throughout the unit, students will critically review a range of recent communication campaigns and case studies of contemporary issues. The unit will cover health communication skills for a range of audiences and purposes, including presentation and report writing, developing health communications materials, social marketing, working with the mass media, e-health and the internet, and advocacy for policies, programs and resources. Various applications in rural and minority communities will be explored.
By the completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Press release: 10%
Written assignment: 40%
Group project individual report: 30%
Group presentation: 20%
Hurdle requirement: 80% attendance at tutorials
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Helen Ackland (Berwick), Darshini Ayton (Caulfield) |
Students will gain understanding of the processes involved in community development and building partnerships to improve health, and the theories that underpin them. The unit examines the importance of participation and collective efforts in the social, economic and political life of the community and the contribution this makes to health development. Students will reflect critically on community development theory, concepts of social equity, empowerment, participation and the role of health professionals in community-based practice. Frameworks for community development and partnership building will be examined using a range of Australian and international case studies and current issues.
Tutorial attendance hurdle requirement of 80%
Essay: 1500 words, 30%
Case study: 1500 words, 30%
Written report: 2000 words, 40 %
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Day) South Africa First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Ben Smith (Caulfield), Mrs Jackie Witthuhn (South Africa) |
This unit introduces students to the key principles and frameworks that guide health promotion and disease prevention in Australia and internationally. Students will examine concepts and theories that underpin health promotion and the primary care, behavioural and socio-environmental approaches used in this field. Important dimensions of practice, including partnerships, participation, multi-level action, capacity building and evidence-based practice will be explored. The areas of health promotion action that will be examined will encompass policy development for health, creating supportive environments, health education strategies, health communication techniques at the group and population level, and advocacy. The application of these to health challenges in diverse cultural and economic contexts will be explored. By the completion of the Unit, students will be expected to demonstrate an understanding of health promotion's key concepts, values and methods, and the criteria by which the quality of practice can be judged.
By the completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Class test 10%; research report 30%, in-class presentation 20%; examination 40%. Hurdle requirement: 80% attendance at tutorials.
1 hour lecture and 2 hours tutorial per week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Dragan Ilic |
The unit will look at how epidemiological techniques are applied in clinical research. It will explore how clinical trials and other types of studies are conducted in clinical settings. It will cover measurement of signs and symptoms (including normal and abnormal) and other clinical measurements, conduct and design of clinical research, interpretation of clinical research findings, and practical and ethical issues in clinical research.
On successful completion of the unit, students will be able to:
2 x Online Quizzes (10%)
3 x Group Presentations (20%)
1 x Critical Appraisal Task (CAT)(30%)
1 x Written Examination (40%)
Hurdle requirements:
Tutorial attendance (80% attendance)
3 contact hours per week plus 9 hours per week private study
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Day) South Africa First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Biswajit Banik (Caulfield), Mr Modikwe Rammopo (South Africa) |
This unit provides explores the options for treatment and management of established health conditions at the individual level. It provides an introduction to pharmacology and an overview of other interventions commonly employed to manage illness and improve health. A case study approach will be used which looks at treatment options for key diseases (e.g., cancer).
On successful completion of the unit, students will be able to:
Hurdle requirement: attendance at 80% of tutorials
Tutorial participation (total 15%)
Oral presentation (15%)
Written assignment (30%)
Exam, 2 hours (40%)
3 contact hours per week plus 9 hours per week private study
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Day) South Africa First semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Danny Hills (Caulfield), Juliana Kagura (South Africa) |
This unit provides an introduction to epidemiological and statistical concepts necessary for understanding patterns of health and disease in populations. It extends the overview provided in HSC1061, reviews how health and disease are measured, and covers how patterns of health and disease in populations are investigated, including study designs and basic statistical methods for analyzing health data. Students are introduced to different study designs and to the concepts of bias and confounding. Case studies include local, national and global examples of epidemiological research, including Australian Indigenous health issues and global health inequalities.
On successful completion of the unit, students will be able to:
Indigenous Australians and other population groups.
Hurdle requirement: At least 80% attendance at tutorial/computer laboratory classes
Written assignments (2) 35%
Group presentation 15%
In-class biostatistics tests (2) 20%
Exam 30%
3 contact hours per week plus 9 hours per week private study
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Rosalie Aroni (Berwick), Dr Rosalie Aroni (Caulfield), Peter Nyasulu (South Africa) |
This unit builds on the introduction to research methods provided in HSC1061 and HSC2141. In those units students learning was focused on appraising evidence produced by other researchers, and on describing and comparing study designs.
In this unit we extend this learning by enabling students to develop skills in designing and conducting their own research projects. The unit will cover: developing answerable research questions, matching research questions with study designs, collecting and analysing study data, managing research projects, and applications of quantitative, qualitative and combined approaches. The cultural, ethical and political contexts within which research takes place will also be discussed.
On successful completion of the unit, students will be able to:
Written assignments 55%
Exam 30%
Tutorial participation 15%
3 contact hours per week plus 9 hours per week private study
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Nerida Joss |
Working with People provides students with knowledge and practical skills for future workforce participation in the healthcare and allied health industry. The unit aims to develop basic communication skills including theories of communication, verbal and non-verbal, barriers and facilitators, building relationships and problem-solving. The unit introduces basic theories relevant to managing people and organisations. Individual differences will be examined in relation to workplace structure, culture and practice. Students will gain an appreciation of theory and practical application of motivation, team building, team work, leadership, conflict, sharing power and decision-making.
On completion of the unit students will be able to:
Class participation 10%
Group presentation (30 minutes) 30%
Individual report(2000 words) 30%
Exam 30%
Hurdle requirement: attendance at 80% of tutorials, unless medical or other certification provided.
3 hours class contact time per week.
On campus students: 12 hours per week including contact time (1 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial) and self directed learning.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Liz Bishop (Caulfield), Mr Modikwe Rammopo (South Africa) |
This unit deals with two primary aspects of professional practice in the health and social care system, namely the legal and ethical principles that govern the operation of the system and the behaviour of individuals within it. The unit commences with an introduction to the legal framework, covering common law, statute law and the legal responsibilities of health and social care professionals. Students are then introduced to the ethical framework, through an examination of ethical theory, professional ethics, confidentiality, informed consent and relationships with patients. The complex interrelationship between legal and ethical aspects of healthcare practice is explored.
By the completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Written assignments (2 x 2500 words): 100%
Hurdle requirement: 80% attendance at tutorials
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Michaela Riddell (Caulfield), Ms Natasha Khamisa (South Africa) |
This unit will build on students' previous learning about global health, through examination of the 'health for all' agenda and associated approaches to meeting the challenges of health inequities.
The intent of this unit is not only to further students' awareness of global health issues, but also to encourage critical thinking about the efficacy of global health programs and the ethics of delivering aid. Central to the unit will be the question of why there is often a failure to provide a total community approach to health issues.
The unit comprises four modules of study.
During the first, students will look at global health from a broad perspective, examining the global health architecture and the roles played by major actors. They will critically appraise social and economic approaches to global health problems and examine the positive and negative outcomes for health.
The second module will cover major principles of effective and successful project management and will highlight past failures to demonstrate the complexity of health improvement in low- and middle-income countries.
The role of Australia in giving aid and addressing health issues in developing nations will be explored in the third module, with students being required to engage in examining and commenting upon the ethical aspects of donor activity. T
his module also includes a session with individuals from the global health workforce, demonstrating the various careers available to students with a health sciences background.
The final module will draw together the key themes of the unit and look at how these can be applied to continuing and future global health challenges.
Essay: (30%)
Project plan: (20%)
Project proposal: (50%)
3 contact hours per week plus 9 hours per week private study
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Day) South Africa First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Charles Livingstone (Caulfield), Ms Natasha Khamisa (South Africa) |
The unit explores global and local health challenges that are at the forefront of Australia's health sector. Students will critically examine the construction of contemporary health challenges including: the implications of global inequalities in health and health problems arising from war and terrorism and political violence such as the refugee crisis.
Individual journal: 25%
Group presentation: 25%
Individual research essay: 50%
Hurdle requirement: 80% attendance at tutorials.
A one hour lecture plus a two hour tutorial per week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
Australia faces many population and public health challenges including emerging and existing communicable diseases and alarming increases in many chronic diseases. Research to address the determinants of these health problems is of paramount importance to maintaining healthy populations. This unit provides opportunities for students to work on a project to develop real-world experience in research design, data collection and analysis. Research projects may include investigations into the social, cultural or economic determinants that promote and protect public and population health or that cause or mitigate illness and disease.
By the completion of this unit, it is expected that the students will be able to:
Individual literature review (2500 words) 30%; Individual research proposal (2000 words) 30%; Team presentation 10%; Group research report (3000 words) 30%.
TBA
12 hours per week including contact time of 3 seminar hours plus 10 hours of fieldwork over the semester and 8 hours of private study per week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Day) South Africa First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Michaela Riddell (Caulfield), Bridget Ikalafeng (South Africa) |
This unit focuses on prevention and control of communicable diseases. Topics include principles of infection, outbreaks, public health control measures, and current issues in disease prevention and control.
Public health control measures discussed may include surveillance, modelling, immunisation, antimicrobial therapies, infection control, vector control, screening and risk factor management.
These topics are illustrated using relevant examples of communicable diseases such as vaccine-preventable diseases (e.g. influenza); vector-borne diseases (e.g., malaria), food-borne diseases (e.g., salmonella) and sexually transmitted infections (e.g., HIV). Epidemiological, social, and political perspectives are considered.
Written assignments (x2) 30%
Group presentation 15%
Tutorial exercises 10%
Final exam 45%
Hurdle requirement: At least 80% attendance at tutorial classes
3 contact hours per week plus 9 hours per week private study
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Nerida Joss (Berwick), Margaret Brand (Caulfield) |
This unit introduces students to settings and characteristics of health promotion delivered in various settings including hospitals, schools, workplaces and sporting organisations. Students will be introduced to settings frameworks, theories and approaches and the role of health professionals in diverse settings will be examined. Additionally approaches to building health promotion capacity among staff in these settings will also be explored. Students will gain a sound understanding of the evidence base for health promotion work in different settings and will critically examine the challenges for health promotion in these settings.
Evidence review: 35%
Settings audit and program plan: 40%
Case study report and group presentation: 25%
Hurdle requirement: 80% attendance at tutorials.
9 hours per week including contact time of 3 hours and 6 hours of private study
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Day) South Africa First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Ben Smith (Caulfield), TBA (South Africa) |
This unit will equip students with skills to undertake the evaluation of health promotion programs and policies using a range of methodologies. Levels of health program evaluation, including formative, process, impact, and outcome evaluation, will be examined. The range of qualitative and quantitative methods that are appropriate for different evaluation questions will be presented. An emphasis will be placed on the evaluation challenges posed by the complexities of health promotion and the contexts in which it is carried out, with case studies used to illustrate these issues. Evaluation design and data collection options to strengthen knowledge of program impact will be explored.
By the completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Critical appraisal of case study (30%) 1500 words;
Presentation of case study (20%);
Development of an evaluation plan (50%) 1500 words
12 hours per week including contact time and private study, averaged over the 12 week semester - a total of 156 hours
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Charles Livingstone (Caulfield), Peter Nyasulu (South Africa) |
In this unit, students will examine the political foundations of health promotion and public health policies in Australia, different types of health policy, policy development processes and theories that underpin them. Interest groups and the challenges they pose to decision-making processes will be discussed. The social and political impacts of health policy will be explored, as well as the jurisdictional responsibilities held by different levels of government for health policies. Concepts of power, authority and influence will be discussed. Students will learn critical skills for policy analysis in the context of case studies of effective advocacy that have influenced policy change in Australia.
By the completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Essay (2500 words): 50% Case study (2000 words)and presentation: 50%
12 hours per week including contact time and private study over 12 weeks of semester: a total of 156 hours (1 hour lecture and 2 hours tutorial)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day) South Africa Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Darshini Ayton (Caulfield), Ms Juliana Kagura (South Africa) |
This unit will assist students to put into practice the theory that underpins the profession of health promotion by working in an agency which has promoting health as part of its core business. It will provide practical experience in preparation for embarking or enhancing a career in health promotion as well as opportunities to learn about career development, resume development and reflection on skills and capacities required by a graduate.
Applying the knowledge gained through their course by working in agencies that undertake population-based health promotion issues will help students to better understand health determinants and behaviour in the community, and prepare them for the realities of the workplace.
By the completion of this unit, it is expected that the students will be able to:
Half-way practicum reflection report of 750 words (20%)
Final practicum reflection report of 1500 words and presentation (40%)
Career portfolio including career goals, cover letter, resume and placement work plan (40%)
Hurdle tasks of 120 hours field placement and participation in Moodle group discussions between weeks 5-12.
144 hours including 100 hours of field placement, 12 hours of seminars, contact time of 1 hour online discussion group between weeks 5-12, and 2 hours of private study per week.
Note: The first a compulsory seminar will be held during Orientation week of semester 2.
HSC3082 is available to students enrolled in Bachelor of Health Science 3882; or Bachelor of Health Science/Business 4503; or Bachelor of Health Promotion 4505; or Bachelor of Public Health 4502.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ewan MacFarlane |
This unit explores the role of environmental factors in human health, how environmental health hazards are identified and how the risks can be assessed and managed. This unit will cover chemical, biological and physical hazards and their potential health effects in a range of environmental contexts.
This unit will encourage students to critically evaluate environmental health information and its application in realistic situations. In this unit students will explore practical examples of environmental health hazards to identify the human health risks present, ways to assess exposure and options and strategies for assessment and management of the health risks identified.
On successful completion of the unit, students will be able to:
Hurdle requirement: Students are required to attend at least 80% of tutorials
1 x in-class quiz (1 hour): 17%
1 x minor written assignment (1,000 words each): 17%
1 x major written assignment (2,000 words): 33%
Written examination (2 hour): 33%
3 contact hours per week plus 9 hours per week private study
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Carolina Weller |
The unit provides the necessary skills for students to perform a quantitative design, data management and statistical analysis of a research project. This unit is a more specific development of quantitative health and medical research methodology that builds on the introductory material in 2nd year of the course.
It will involve designing a research protocol, including defining the research question, performing a literature review, selection of type of study, defining a study population and sampling strategies, questionnaire design, ethics approval, and oral and written presentation of a protocol. It will also include sessions on managing data and choosing a statistical analysis approach. Students will choose a health research question of interest to them and design a research protocol for studying that particular question.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written assignments (2) 30%
Group presentation 15%
In-class group work 15%
Final report 40%
3contact hours per week plus 9 hours per week private study
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Biswajit Banik |
This unit provides an opportunity for high achieving students to experience public health research in practice. Application forms for this unit can be obtained from med-sphpm-ugenq@monash.edu. A strict quota applies and entry is based on academic performance. Students will be placed with a current public health/epidemiological research project and will undertake specific tasks within the project as well as being exposed to the broader research environment. The specific tasks undertaken will vary, but may include, for example, dealing with recruitment of study participants, data collection and management and analysis of findings. Students will apply research skills acquired in years 1-2 of their degree, in areas such as dealing with bias and confounding, developing data collection tools, managing and analyzing data, and ethical practices in the research environment. Students will prepare oral and written presentations relating to: their specific task/s; the research project with which they are working; and the research process more generally. This unit is particularly designed for students who are considering a research career, via an Honours degree and postgraduate study.
On successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
1. First oral presentation- 10 mins: 15%
2. Written report outlining the student's involvement in the main project:20%
3. Progress report: Tick off
4. Final oral presentation- 20 mins: 15%
5. Final report: this will summarize the student's work throughout the semester: 30%
6. Supervisor's assessment, including attendance: 20%
3 contact hours per week plus 9 hours per week private study
Students must be enrolled in one of the following degrees: Bachelor of Health Science 3882 or Bachelor of Health Science and Bachelor of Business 4503
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Charles Livingstone |
This unit aims to develop students' understanding and skills in the quantitative and qualitative research methods that underpin contemporary global public health and health science research, as well as the analysis, interpretation and reporting of data from such research. This unit introduces students to the theoretical methodological and ethical issues that underpin contemporary global public health and health science research. It provides direction and guidance to honours students in identifying a meaningful research question and develops the skills and knowledge students need to develop a research proposal. It re-introduces students to quantitative and qualitative research frameworks and data analysis techniques they need both to undertake their study and write a research report.
On completion of the unit students will be able to:
Hurdle requirement: Students are required to attend 80% of seminars and colloquia.
Formative assessment: Feedback during seminar participation as well as following the three summative assessments.
Summative assessment:
A. An individual presentation during the semester on students' project methodologies (20%);
B. A class test on the quantitative and qualitative research frameworks and approaches to data analysis utilised in public health and health science research topics covered during the semester. The class test will contain both multiple choice and short answer questions (20%) and,
C. A 3,000-3,500 word assignment based on students' project methodologies which will form the basis of the student's methods chapter of the thesis (60%).
Four class contact hours per week (seminar style), attendance of a weekly colloquium (1-2 hours per week), plus regular project supervision (1-2 hours per fortnight). In addition, as per University requirements, students will be required to spend up to 20 hours per week in private study/self-directed learning (i.e. a total of 24 hours per week).
Nil
Nil
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Charles Livingstone |
The Honours thesis is a research study, focusing on a particular contemporary global public health and health science research topic or issue, undertaken with the guidance and support of a supervisor. Students will be expected to demonstrate initiative and independence during their research study. All Honours students are required to present on their research project at a research seminar prior to submission. The Honours thesis is designed for students who are intending to undertake further higher degree studies. Graduates who have successfully completed the Health Science Research Project (both Part 1 and Part 2) will be able to use their 15,000 word study as evidence of independent research experience in an application for entry into higher research degree programs.
Hurdle requirement: Students are required to attend 80% of colloquia, and are required to meet with their supervisor at least once a fortnight for 1-2 hours.
Formative assessment:
a. An individual presentation and feedback on students' completed projects - to occur prior to submission and,
b. Feedback during supervision throughout the semester.
Summative assessment: A 15,000 word research-based honours thesis (100%). Students' theses will be examined as per normal Faculity of Medicne, Nursing and Health Sciences' practice, that is examined by at least two examiners. Additional examiners may be used if there is a significant descrepancy between the examiners.
28 hours per week inclusive of the time spent in supervision.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Epidemiology and Preventive Medicine |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Assoc Prof Ben Smith |
The unit aims for students to develop critical and analytic skills as applied to contemporary global public health and health science research, as well as providing students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of public health and health science from within a global context.
Seminars will focus on topics such as current public health thinking and practice and global dimensions of local health, as well as on skills in evidence appraisal and systematic searching. Students will be active learners through the presentation of two seminars to the class during the semester, and will lead the discussion that follows.
Students will provide a written review of a topic that is related to their specific research project that demonstrates advanced theoretical understanding of the issues and research relating to that topic.
Hurdle requirement: Students are required to attend 80% of seminars.
Formative assessment: Feedback during seminar participation and presentations delivered (Objectives 1 - 5).
Summative assessment:
a. Two individual presentations during the semseter - one on the student's project and the second on a seperate public health and/or health science issue or topic. Presentations will be assessed using a set of assessment criteria included in the Unit Guide (30%), and,
b. A 4,000-5,000 word critical review of research papers on a specific public health and/or health science issue that will form the basis of the student's literature review for their final thesis (70%)
Four class contact hours per week (seminar style). In addition, as per University requirements, students will be required to spend 20 hours per week on the unit in private study (i.e. a total of 24 hours per week).
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Primary Health Care |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Belinda Lewis |
This unit introduces students to health promotion delivered in a variety of primary care settings including hospitals, community health services, and general practice.
The common characteristics of primary care will form the framework including issues of expanded access, multi-professional service teams, optimal service coordination, and a focus on patient empowerment and the application of technology to health promotion.
Prevention and health promotion systems relevant to primary care will be examined, and the evidence and theoretical base for preventive (behavioural) counselling, brief interventions, health education practice, methods of tailoring strategies to client needs, motivational interviewing techniques, motivating change and preventing relapse will be explored.
Approaches to adopting health promotion strategies and building capacity for health promotion in others will be explored.
a. Identifying structured approaches and distinguishing key features of existing health promotion programs;
b. Describing the principles and charters that guide health promotion practice;
c. Comparing and contrasting health promotion needs and values of different subgroups within the community.
a. Describing capacity building approaches to improve the quality and sustainability of health promotion;
b. Identifying the contrasting the behavioral and socio-environmental approaches to promoting health in primary clinical care settings;
c. Recognising the difference between marketing and health promotion along with the ethical questions it raises.
a. Reporting influences upon individual motivation and capacity to perform health behaviours;
b. Planning and producing a health promotion pamphlet or poster for their clinical setting.
a. Describing a health promotion outcomes framework and how it is used in program planning;
b. Reporting their evaluation (using key principles and evidence-based approaches identified earlier) of a local health promotion activity from their clinical setting.
Hurdle requirement: 100% attendance at tutorials and lecture program.
Evidence review: 30%
Case study report and group presentation: 40%
Analysis essay and program plan: 30%
12 hours per week including contact time of 4 hours and 8 hours of private study
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Primary Health Care |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Belinda Lewis |
This unit provides the basic understanding of the concept of health particularly in the primary care clinical settings. This exploration will begin at a personal level and expand to clinical settings with the broader health environment. Varied definitions and models of health will be introduced to allow a detailed exploration of illness, health risks and how individuals, families and communities use limited resources.
Differences between health of the individual and the broader population will be examined using the clinical environment as the focal point. The factors that impact the dimensions of health will be critically explored to better understand the roles of government policies, the private sector and communities. Current inequalities in resources and other factors affecting health in clinical settings will be identified.
On completion of this unit students will be able to:
Hurdle requirement: 100% of tutorials
Essay (25%)
Written assignment (45%)
Final Examination (30%)
12 hours per week including contact time (1 hour lecture, 2 hour tutorial), fieldwork and self-directed learning
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Sunway First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Richard Loiacono/ Professor Shah Yasin |
MED1011 will introduce students to the four themes (sub-units) upon which the five-year curriculum is based:
THEME I: Personal and Professional Development: students will participate in a transition program, focusing on transition to university life, personal ethics, healthy lifestyle, group support and communication skills. This will be followed by a Health Enhancement program concentrating on self care (stress management, relaxation training, coping skills), other aspects of healthy lifestyle and group support, and introduction to the science of Mind-Body Medicine. Also included: an introduction to Ethics and Medical Law.
THEME II: Population, Society, Health and Illness: Health, Knowledge and Society Teaching will provide a framework of inquiry allowing analysis of the social aspects of medicine.
THEME III: Foundations of Medicine: The Fabric of Life provides students with foundation knowledge in genomics and cell biology in health and disease. An integral part of this theme will be the weekly problem based learning activity
(PBL). Each PBL integrates material presented to students in this and other themes throughout the week.
THEME IV: Clinical Skills: introduces students to practical clinical skills including: handwashing, sharps disposal; subcutaneous and intramuscular injecting. Students will interact with health care professionals during medical contact visits, and will be introduced to the medical interview, taking a family history, ethical aspects of medical contact visits.
Theme I: On completion of this sub-unit students will be able to:
Theme II: On completion of this sub-unit students will be able to:
Theme III: On completion of this sub-unit, students will have knowledge and understanding of:
Theme IV: On completion of this sub-unit students will be able to:
Examinations and written assignments to account for 30% of the end of Year 1 result. Assessment of materials presented in the result for MED1011 will be a pass grade only (PGO).
Hurdle requirement: Students must attend a minimum of 80% at designated small group teaching activities to pass this unit.
Must be enrolled in the 0040, 1074, 3856
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Richard Loiacono/ Professor Shah Yasin |
THEME 1: 'Health Enhancement Program' develops strategies for personal health enhancement and ethical/legal issues relevant to professional responsibility, the doctor-patient relationship and public accountability.
THEME 2: 'Population Health' develops an understanding of epidemiology, construction of epidemiological study design, function and interpretation of statistical information and critical appraisal of research publications.
THEME 3: The scientific basis of clinical practice of the musculo-skeletal, cardiovascular medicine and human life span.
THEME 4: 'Clinical Skills' develops comprehensive medical history taking skills and examination of the musculoskeletal, cardiovascular and peripheral nervous system. Develop an awareness of key ethical issues involved in communication with patients, family members, carers and health professionals. Rural attachment: a week based at a rural centre will focus on developing an understanding of the practice of medicine in a rural context.
Theme I: On completion of this sub-unit students will be able to:
Theme II: On completion of this sub-unit students will be able to:
Theme III: On completion of this sub-unit students will be able to:
Theme IV: On completion of this sub-unit students will be able to:
Rural Attachment: on completion of this Rural Attachment students will be able to:
describe the framework for clinical reasoning in the cardiovascular system;
Examinations and written assignments to account for 70% of the end of Year 1 result.
Assessment of materials presented in the result for MED1022 will be a pass grade only (PGO).
Hurdle requirement: Students must attend a minimum of 80% at designated small group teaching activities to pass this unit.
Must be enrolled in the MBBS course codes 0040, 1074, 3856
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Richard Loiacono/ Professor Shah Yasin |
MED2000 provides an overall result for Year 1 & 2 MBBS based upon achievement in MED1011, MED1022, MED2031, MED2042 and the first Integrated Vertical Assessment (VIA) examination. Students will need to successfully complete MED1011, MED1022, MED2031, MED2042 and the VIA examination. A grade will be awarded for MED2000 which is based on student achievement in MED1011, MED1022, MED2031 and MED2042 and the VIA examination.
MED2000 is a hurdle requirement for successful completion of the MBBS course. On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated the necessary integration of knowledge and skills developed during Years 1 - 2 of the medicine course.
Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Medicine/ Bachelor of Surgery (course codes 0040)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Monash Passport category | Internship (Act Program) |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Sunway First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Richard Loiacono/ Professor Shah Yasin |
Through a 'Community Based' placement, the student develops an awareness of the sector's relevance to the practice of medicine and the socio-economic context of health and illness. In 'Information Management and Health Promotion' the student develops skills in data management and critical appraisal of evidence and knowledge to assist in clinical decision-making. 'Homeostasis: Maintaining the internal environment' enables the student to study the respiratory, renal, endocrine and haematopoietic systems, gastroenterology, nutrition and metabolism.' 'Clinical Skills' assists the student to develop clinical reasoning and focused history taking based on these major systems. Weekly Problem Based Learning (PBL) studies will integrate material presented in all themes. The Rural/urban placement focuses on the development of a perspective of experience of practising medicine in either environment.
Theme I:
On completion of this sub-unit students will be able to:
Theme II:
On completion of this sub-unit students will be able to:
Theme III:
On completion of this sub-unit students will be able to:
Student Project Cases: On the completion of this activity students will be able to:
Theme IV:
On completion of this sub-unit students will be able to:
Urban Placement:
Rural Placement:
Examinations and written assignments account for 30% of the end of Year 2 result.
Assessment of materials presented in the result for MED2031 will be a pass grade only (PGO).
Hurdle requirement: Students must attend a minimum of 80% at designated small group teaching activities to pass this unit.
The following in semester assignments are carried out across the full year:
CBP
Rural Assessment
Urban Assessment
Must be enrolled in the MBBS and MED2000
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Monash Passport category | Research Challenge (Investigate Program) |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Richard Loiacono and Professor Shah Yasin |
Through 'Community Based' placement, the student develops an awareness of the sector's relevance to the practice of medicine and the socio-economic context of health and illness. In 'Information Management and Health Promotion' the student develops skills in data management and critical appraisal of evidence and knowledge to assist in clinical decision-making. 'Hormones and sex growth' enables the student to examine, 'Sex, reproduction and development'. Head and neck will be a focus of learning. Students will further develop studies in neurological sciences. 'Clinical Skills' assists the student to develop clinical reasoning and focused history taking based on these areas. PBL: weekly case studies are used to integrate material presented in all themes. Rural/urban placement: a fortnight focusing on either the experience of practicing medicine in the urban or rural environments will be undertaken as in Semester 1.
On completion students will be able to:
Theme 1
Theme II
Theme III:
Theme IV
Rural placement: On the completion of this placement students will be able to:
Student Project Cases: On the completion of this activity students will be able to:
Rural placement and Urban placement- refer to MED2031.
Examinations and written assignments account for 70% of the end of Year 2 result.
Assessment of materials presented in the result for MED2042 will be a pass grade only (PGO).
Hurdle requirement: Students must attend a minimum of 80% at designated small group teaching activities to pass this unit.
The following in semester assignments are carried out across the full year:
CBP
Rural Assessment
Urban Assessment
Must be enrolled in the MBBS and MED2000
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Sunway First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Christopher Wright |
MED3051 is an integrated medicine/surgery curriculum based on the four themes of the medical curriculum: Personal and professional development; population, society, health and illness; foundations of medicine; and clinical skills. Evidence-based educational approaches support students in acquiring appropriate knowledge, attitudes and skills in medicine, surgery, clinical skills, evidence-based clinical practice, occupational and environmental medicine, pathophysiology, pharmacology, ethics and law. Previous learning will be extended.
By the end of Year 3, students are expected to be able to:
Theme 1: Personal and Professional Development
Theme II: Population, Society, Health and Illness
Theme III: Scientific basis of clinical practice
History/examination and Differential Diagnosis:
Clinical Features, Natural history, Pathogenesis and Pathology of disease
Recognition of Complexity in Patients' Health and Disease:
Investigating Health Problems:
General Principles of Management
Surgical Management
Pharmacotherapeutics
The Role of Research in Advancing Medical Knowledge:
Theme IV: Clinical skills
Mini Case Records (MCRs) ( 70%)
Integrated clinical appraisal activity (30%)
Hurdle requirements: satisfactory attendance of over 80%, log book completion, completion of on-line tasks, satisfactory participation and performance in clinical skills activities and portfolio submission.
Approximately 13 hrs/week of structured teaching and learning, 10 hrs/week of unstructured learning in clinical settings and 10 hrs/week self directed learning (private study).
Must be enrolled in the MBBS or MBBS/LLB
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Sunway Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Christopher Wright |
MED3062 is an integrated medicine/surgery curriculum based on the four themes of the medical curriculum: personal and professional development; population, society, health and illness; foundations of medicine; and clinical skills. Evidence-based educational approaches support students in acquiring appropriate knowledge, attitudes and skills in medicine, surgery, clinical skills, evidence-based clinical practice, occupational and environmental medicine, patho-physiology, pharmacology, ethics and law. Previous learning will be extended. By the end of the semester students must be capable of undertaking history and clinical examinations of patients with straightforward conditions.
By the end of Year 3, students are expected to be able to:
Theme 1: Personal and Professional Development
Theme II: Population, Society, Health and Illness
Theme III: Scientific basis of clinical practice
History/examination and Differential Diagnosis:
Clinical Features, Natural history, Pathogenesis and Pathology of disease
Recognition of Complexity in Patients' Health and Disease:
Investigating Health Problems:
General Principles of Management
Surgical Management
Pharmacotherapeutics
The Role of Research in Advancing Medical Knowledge:
Theme IV: Clinical skills
Mini Case Records (MCRs) (70%)
Integrated clinical appraisal activity (30%)
Hurdle requirements: satisfactory attendance of over 80%, log book completion, completion of on-line tasks, satisfactory participation and performance in clinical skills activities and portfolio submission.
Approximately 13 hrs/week of structured teaching and learning, 10 hrs/week unstructured learning in clinical settings and 10 hrs/week self directed learning (private study).
Must be enrolled in the MBBS or MBBS/LLB
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year (extended) 2013 (Day) Sunway Full year (extended) 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Shane Bullock |
Introductory Clinical Studies integrates the learning across MED3051 and MED3062. Learning activities specific to each specialty area will be linked to the specific clinical placement and may include lectures, tutorials, case-based learning, bed- side tutorials, practical skills sessions, and specialty teaching clinics and directed learning activities.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to
Objective structured clinical examination (OSCE) (55%)
Written examination (45%)
Hurdle requirements: satisfactory attendance of over 80%, satisfactory participation and performance in clinical skills activities.
2 x 18 week semesters in continuous rotations through clinical attachments.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Sunway First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Ben Canny |
MED4000 provides an overall result for Year 3 and 4 MBBS based upon achievement in Year 3 MED3051 and MED3062 and Year 4 MED4171, MED4182 and the Integrated Vertical Assessment (VIA) examination. Students will need to successfully complete MED3051, MED3062, MED4171, MED4182 and the VIA examination. A grade will be awarded for MED4000 which is based on student achievement in MED3051, MED3062, MED4171, MED4182 and the VIA examination.
MED4000 is a hurdle requirement for successful completion of the MBBS course. On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated the necessary integration of knowledge and skills develop during Years 1 - 4 of the medicine course.
MED3051: 17.5%
MED3052: 17.5%
MED4171: 5.0%
MED4182: 5.0%
VIA Exam: 30.0%
MED4200 (OSCE & EMQ): 25.0%
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Clayton First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Gippsland First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Sunway First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Juanita Fernando |
This unit is designed to introduce the principles and practice of research and will teach skills relating to data analysis and communication of scientific ideas in oral presentations and a written thesis. Students will be able to select from a wide range of biomedical project proposals that will enable them to pursue a specific area of interest working with their chosen supervisor.
On completion of this course, students will be expected to demonstrate the generic attributes of a Monash graduate. The objectives of the Honours degree of Bachelor of Medical Science are to:
Hurdle requirements:
Foundation Skills Workshop (Objectives 2, 4, 5)
Mid-Year Progress Report (Objectives 1, 2, 3, 4, 5)
Summative assessment:
Literature Review 75% (Objectives 1, 2, 3, 4, 5)
1 Oral Presentation 25% (Objectives 1, 2, 3, 5)
Average weekly workload of 36 hours per week comprised of private study (library searches, reading, preparation of presentations and writing research thesis), oral presentations, and practical research activities (eg data collection and collation, laboratory work, data analysis and review).
Students must be enrolled in the Honours Degree of Bachelor of Medical Science
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Alfred Hospital First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Clayton First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Gippsland First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Alfred Hospital Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Sunway Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Juanita Fernando |
This unit is designed to introduce the principles and practice of research and will teach skills relating to data analysis and communication of scientific ideas in oral presentations and a written thesis. Students will be able to select from a wide range of biomedical project proposals that will enable them to pursue a specific area of interest working with their chosen supervisor.
On completion of this course, students will be expected to demonstrate the generic attributes of a Monash graduate. The objectives of the Honours degree of Bachelor of Medical Science are to:
1 Oral Presentation: 5%
Minor Thesis: 80%
Faculty Presentation: 15%
Average weekly workload of 36 hours per week comprised of private study (library searches, reading, preparation of presentations and writing research thesis), oral presentations, and practical research activities (eg data collection and collation, laboratory work, data analysis and review).
Submission of all assessment items from MED4101
Must be enrolled in the Honours Degree of Bachelor of Medical Science
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Caulfield First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Clayton First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Gippsland First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Caulfield Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Juanita Fernando |
Students undertaking this unit will be placed with a research group in a work-based research department or unit of the University to undertake the research project component of the course. Students will have the opportunity to undertake projects in areas that may be clinically or laboratory based and students can select from a wide range of projects. The research project year requires completion of all the elements for a presentation of research project including oral presentations, literature review and thesis.
Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
collect, manage and analyse data acquired from their research activities;
Research proposal: 20%
Mid year progress report: 50%
Seminar/ oral presentation: 30%
Average 36 hours per week
Students must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Medical Science
MED4201 Research Methods 1
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Caulfield First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Clayton First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Gippsland First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Caulfield Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Juanita Fernando |
Students undertaking this unit will be placed with a research group in a work-based research department or unit of the University to undertake the research project component of the course. Students will have the opportunity to undertake projects in areas that may be clinically or laboratory based and students can select from a wide range of projects. The research project year requires completion all the elements for a presentation of a research project including oral presentations, literature review and thesis.
Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
Seminar/oral presentation: 10%
Faculty oral presentation: 10%
Minor thesis/ Research report (9000 -12000 words): 80%
Average 36 hours per week
MED4201 Medical Science research methods 1. Students must be enrolled in Bachelor of Medical Science.
MED4202 Research Methods 2
MED4101, MED14002
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Sunway First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Christopher Wright |
Specialty Clinical Practices I provides clinical teaching in Children's Health, General Practice, Psychiatry and Women's Health. Students will undertake clinical placements in at least 2 specialty areas across the semester. Learning activities, tailored to the specific placement, may include lectures, tutorials, case-based learning, bedside tutorials, practical skills sessions, and specialty teaching clinics and directed learning activities. Students are expected to attend clinical settings, undertake independent learning activities and consolidate knowledge and skills from previous learning. EBCP and Health Systems Management components will be integrated with placement activities.
On successful completion, for the disciplines relevant to each of the clinical placements undertaken, students are expected to be able to:
Theme I: Personal and Professional Development
Theme II: Population, Society, Health and Illness
Theme III: Foundations of Medicine
Theme IV: Clinical Skills
Summative in-semester assessment tasks (written and practical tasks) specific for the discipline area of the clinical attachments (ie Children's Health, General Practice Women's Health, and Psychiatry). Weighting 100%
Hurdle requirements for each area of clinical attachment (ie Children's Health, General Practice Women's Health) such as completion of specified clinical tasks and completion of logbooks. Successful completion of web-based Evidence-Based Clinical Practice and Health Systems Management components.
80% minimum attendance hurdle requirement
This is a 12 point unit over 18 weeks in continuous rotations through clinical attachments.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Sunway Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Christopher Wright |
Specialty Clinical Practices II provides clinical teaching in Children's Health, General Practice, Psychiatry and Women's Health. Students will undertake clinical placements in at least 2 specialty areas across the semester. Learning activities, tailored to the specific placement, may include lectures, tutorials, case-based learning, bedside tutorials, practical skills sessions, and specialty teaching clinics and directed learning activities. Students are expected to attend clinical settings, undertake independent learning activities and consolidate knowledge and skills from previous learning. EBCP and Health Economics components will be integrated with placement activities.
On successful completion, for the disciplines relevant to each of the clinical placements undertaken, students are expected to be able to:
Theme I: Personal and Professional Development
Theme II: Population, Society, Health and Illness
Theme III: Foundations of Clinical Practice
Theme IV: Clinical Skills
Summative assessment tasks (written and practical) specific for the discipline area of the clinical attachments (ie Children's Health, General Practice Women's Health, Psychiatry) with a total of 12 assessment workload points for in-semester assessment. Weighting 100%
Hurdle requirements for each area of clinical attachment (ie Children's Health, General Practice Women's Health) such as specified clinical tasks and completion of logbooks. Successful completion of web-based Evidence-Based Clinical Practice and Health Economics components.
80% minimum attendance hurdle requirement
This is a 12 point unit over 18 weeks in continuous rotations through clinical attachments.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year (extended) 2013 (Day) Sunway Full year (extended) 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Prof Christine McMenamin |
Integrated Clinical Studies builds upon learning in the specialty clinical areas of Children's Health, General Practice, Psychiatry and Women's Health. Students will undertake clinical placements in each specialty clinical areas across the year. Learning activities specific to each specialty area will be linked to the specific clinical placement and may include lectures, tutorials, case-based learning, bedside tutorials, practical skills sessions, and specialty teaching clinics and directed learning activities. Students are expected to consolidate knowledge and skills through both experiential learning in clinical settings and self directed study.
On successful completion, for the disciplines relevant to each of the clinical placements undertaken, students are expected to be able to:
Theme I: Personal and Professional Development
Theme II: Population, Society, Health and Illness
Theme III: Foundations of Clinical Practice
Theme IV: Clinical Skills
Summative assessment tasks:
OSCEs 40%,
Written examinations 40%,
Written VIA 20 %
Attendance (80%) attendance at clinical attachments
This is a 24 point unit over 2 x18 week semesters in continuous rotations through clinical attachments.
80% minimum attendance hurdle requirement
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Caulfield First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Clayton First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Gippsland First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Caulfield Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Juanita Fernando |
This unit is one of two that together provide students with the skills and knowledge to support completion of a research project at honours level in medical science or health care research. It allows students the opportunity to develop an understanding of research design and project development as well as building skills in sourcing and appraising research literature. Students will be expected to develop knowledge and skills in data handling and management and to demonstrate appropriate skills communicating research information in both oral and written formats.
Upon successful completion of this students will be able to:
Oral presentation: 20%
End of semester written examination: 40%
Literature review (2000 - 3000 words): 40%
Average 12 hours per week
Students must be enrolled in the Honours degree of Bachelor of Medical Science
MED7011 Medical Science Research Project A
MED7001, MED7002
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Caulfield First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Clayton First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Gippsland First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Caulfield Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Juanita Fernando |
This unit is the second of two that together provide students with the skills and knowledge to support completion of a research project at honours level in medical science or health care research. It allows students the opportunity to develop understanding and skills in research design, development and implementation as well as sourcing and critically appraising research literature. Students will be expected to develop knowledge and skills in data handling, analysis and management, to demonstrate appropriate skills communicating research information in both oral and written formats and to justify a research methodology. It is expected that students will develop an appreciation of ethical approaches to research.
Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
Oral presentation: 30%
Written assignment (Interpretation of research information): (2000 - 3000 words): 70%
12 hours per week comprised of tutorials, seminars and private study (library searches, reading, and preparation of oral and written assignments)
MED7201 Medical Research Methods 1. Students must be enrolled in MED7012.
MED7012 Medical Science Research Project B
MED7001, MED7002
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Sunway Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Juanita Fernando |
This unit is designed to introduce the principles and practice of research and will teach skills relating to data analysis and communication of scientific ideas in oral presentations and a written thesis. Students will be able to select from a wide range of biomedical project proposals that will enable them to pursue a specific area of interest working with their chosen supervisor.
On completion of this course, students will be expected to demonstrate the generic attributes of a Monash graduate. The objectives of the Honours degree of Bachelor of Medical Science are to:
Hurdle requirements
Mid-Year Progress Report (Objectives 1, 2, 3, 4, 5)
Summative assessment:
Literature Review 75% (Objectives 1, 2, 3, 4, 5)
1 Department Oral Presentation 25% (Objectives 1, 2, 3, 5)
Average weekly workload of 36 hours per week comprised of private study (library searches, reading, preparation of presentations and writing research thesis), oral presentations, and practical research activities (eg data collection and collation, laboratory work, data analysis and review).
Students must be enrolled in the Honours Degree of Bachelor of Medical Science
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Sunway Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Juanita Fernando |
This unit is designed to introduce the principles and practice of research and will teach skills relating to data analysis and communication of scientific ideas in oral presentations and a written thesis. Students will be able to select from a wide range of biomedical project proposals that will enable them to pursue a specific area of interest working with their chosen supervisor.
On completion of this course, students will be expected to demonstrate the generic attributes of a Monash graduate. The objectives of the Honours degree of Bachelor of Medical Science are to:
1 Department Oral Presentation: 5% (outcomes: 1,2,3,5)
Minor Thesis: 80% (outcomes: 1,2,3,4,5)
Faculty Presentation: 15% (outcomes 3,5)
consists of:
Faculty 5 minute thesis presentation (7.5%)
Scientfific Poster 10 minute presentation (7.5%)
Average weekly workload of 36 hours per week comprised of private study (library searches, reading, preparation of presentations and writing research thesis), oral presentations, and practical research activities (eg data collection and collation, laboratory work, data analysis and review).
Submission of all assessment items from MED4101
Must be enrolled in the Honours Degree of Bachelor of Medical Science
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Sunway First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Sunway Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Christopher Wright |
MED5091 is focused on facilitating the transition of students into the medical workplace as beginning interns. Students will participate in a range of learning experiences which are designed to substantially enhance their clinical reasoning, diagnostic and case management skills. Students will participate in supervised clinical practice and related learning activities (learning modules). Furthermore, students will have the opportunity to broaden their knowledge and skills in self selected areas of clinical practice which may include electing a remote community, health or medicine related field.
At the completion of MED5091, the student will demonstrate:
Clinical sciences (Themes III and IV)
Biosciences (Themes II and III)
Knowledge of health care systems (Theme II)
Professional attributes and behaviour (Themes I and IV)
There will be multiple approaches to assessment in MED5091 as follows: Apart from the PIA 'in-training' assessment, which will be graded, all assessment tasks will be a "hurdle" requirement.
Each assessment item will need to be successfully completed to Pass the unit.
1. Formative assessment;
2. Moderated online discussions;
3. Case presentations;
4. Clinical Knowledge Test;
5. Pre-Intern Appraisal (PIA);
6. Portfolio. Hurdle requirement:
Students must attend a minimum of 80% tutorials and clinical placements to pass this unit.
Must be enrolled in MBBS or MBBS/LLB
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Sunway First semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) Sunway Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Christopher Wright |
MED5092 is focused on facilitating the transition of students into the medical workplace as beginning interns. Students will participate in a range of learning experiences which are designed to substantially enhance their clinical reasoning, diagnostic and case management skills. Students will participate in supervised clinical practice and related learning activities (learning modules). Furthermore, students will have the opportunity to broaden their knowledge and skills in self selected areas of clinical practice which may include electing a remote community, health or medicine related field.
At the completion of MED5092, the student will demonstrate:
Clinical sciences (Themes III and IV)
Biosciences (Themes II and III)
Knowledge of health care systems (Theme II)
Professional attributes and behaviour (Themes I and IV)
There will be multiple approaches to assessment in MED5092 as follows: Apart from the PIA 'in-training' assessment, which will be graded, all assessment tasks will be a 'hurdle' requirement. Each assessment item will need to be successfully completed to Pass the unit.
1. Formative assessment;
2. Moderated online discussions;
3. Case presentations;
4. Clinical Knowledge Test;
5. Pre-Intern Appraisal (PIA);
6. Portfolio.
Hurdle requirement: Students must attend a minimum of 80% tutorials and clinical placements to pass this unit.
Must be enrolled in the MBBS or MBBS/LLB
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year (extended) 2013 (Day) Sunway Full year (extended) 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Ben Canny |
This unit indicates the honours grade obtained by a student on completion of the five years of the MBBS degree. Students are not eligible for honours if they take more than five years (not including intermitted years) to complete the course. The grade is derived from a formula approved by faculty board as outlined below.
Year 1: 10%
Year 2: 20%
Year 3: 30%
Year 4: 30%
Year 5: 10%
Must be enrolled in the MBBS or MBBS/LLB
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year (extended) 2013 (Day) Sunway Full year (extended) 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) Sunway Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Chris Wright |
Medical practitioners are frequently required to respond to emerging and consolidating innovations and policies related to clinical practice. MED5102 further develops the concept of 'readiness to practice' and focuses upon the development of students' understanding of the principles of Patient Safety and the related clinical competencies. The unit will provide students with an understanding of the role of research in Patient Safety and the application of these principles and practices in diverse contexts. The unit will have the capacity to respond to other issues/innovations/policy changes as they arise in medical practice.
At the completion of MED5102 students will be able to:
Students will not be individually graded, but all assessments will be a hurdle requirement. Each assessment item will need to be successfully completed to pass this unit.
1. Observed Patient Safety Skills Assessment
2. Student group presentations
3. On-line assessment tasks.
Hurdle requirement: Students must attend a minimum of 80% tutorials and clinical placements to pass this unit.
Must be enrolled in the MBBS or MBBS/LLB
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | King's College London First semester 2013 (Day) Overseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day) King's College London Second semester 2013 (Day) Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | King's College London First semester 2013 (Day) Overseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day) King's College London Second semester 2013 (Day) Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | King's College London First semester 2013 (Day) Overseas First semester 2013 (Day) King's College London Second semester 2013 (Day) Overseas Second semester 2013 (Day) |
This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | King's College London First semester 2013 (Day) Overseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day) King's College London Second semester 2013 (Day) Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | King's College London First semester 2013 (Day) Overseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day) King's College London Second semester 2013 (Day) Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | King's College London First semester 2013 (Day) Overseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day) King's College London Second semester 2013 (Day) Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | King's College London First semester 2013 (Day) Overseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day) King's College London Second semester 2013 (Day) Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | King's College London First semester 2013 (Day) Overseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day) King's College London Second semester 2013 (Day) Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | King's College London First semester 2013 (Day) Overseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day) King's College London Second semester 2013 (Day) Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Offered | King's College London First semester 2013 (Day) Overseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day) King's College London Second semester 2013 (Day) Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day) |
This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Helen Hall |
This unit introduces students to the role and primary functions of the midwife in contemporary midwifery practice. Students will explore the philosophical basis of midwifery to develop an understanding of the basic premises "being with woman", "woman centeredness" and "working in partnership" in preparation for assuming the role. Students will be introduced to professional contexts in which midwives practice exploring cultural and indigenous issues, legal and ethical aspects of midwifery care, multidisciplinary teamwork and development of professional communication skills.
On completion of this unit the student will be able to:
Written assignment: 30%
Class presentation: 20%
Examination: 50%
4 hours per week for 12 weeks
Nil
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Carolyn Bailey (Gippsland), Dr Carole Gilmour (Peninsula) |
Students learning will focus on well women's experiences of recognising pregnancy, their response to becoming pregnant, the changes encountered from early pregnancy through to the early weeks after birth, the midwife's roles relating to health assessment, health promotion, primary level health counselling, and working with well women during childbearing.
On completion of this subject the student will be able to:
Online exercises: 20%
Practice enquiry (written assignment, 2000 - 2500 words): 30%
Examination (2 hours)(hurdle): 50%
Clinical skills assessment (PASS/ FAIL)
12 hours per week over 11 weeks
Must be enrolled in course code 3562 or 3953 or 4514
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2013 (Flexible) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Mary Anne Biro(Peninsula), Ms Carolyn Bailey (Gippsland) |
This unit will provide the foundation knowledge required by midwifery students to effectively care for women during preconception through to early parenting. The focus will be on the role of the midwife as a primary carer in relation to: the preparation of women for pregnancy; physiological and psychological adaptation of women during pregnancy and birth, and the first weeks after birth; and care of women and their babies during this continuum.
On completion of this unit the student will be able to:
Written assignment: 30%
Mid-semester test:20%
Examination (2 hours): 50%.
Students must achieve a pass in the examination to pass the unit.
12 hours: one (1) hour tutorial
four (4) hours off campus workload
seven (7) hours self directed study time
Must be enrolled in course code 3562 or 3563 or 3953 or 4514
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2013 (Flexible) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Carolyn Bailey (Gippsland), Ms Helen Hall (Peninsula) |
The focus of this unit is to develop midwifery knowledge and skills related to the transition from pregnancy to labour and normal childbirth. Pain relief and comfort during labour as well as interventions to assess the progress of labour will be explored. Mechanisms of normal labour and management of childbirth complications will be overviewed. The focus of midwifery care within the unit is that of a midwife-women partnership model. The role of partner and family for birth support is also analysed.
On completion of this unit, the student will have had the opportunity to:
Written assignment (2,000 words):40%+ 2 Online quiz's (multiple choice): 20%:+ Examination (2 hours):40%
MID2005
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Helen Hall (Peninsula) |
Midwifery is a highly-skilled profession. This practice-based unit will provide the scope for students to continue developing midwifery specific skills and consolidate a level of competence that can be augmented by further learning in practice. It exposes students to variations from normal childbearing that may arise. Students will be provided with opportunities to develop skills and knowledge that will enable them to care effectively for women experiencing these alterations. This unit runs alongside MID2004 Being with Birthing Women.
Following completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Essay: 50%
Clinical practice (Hurdle requirement): Pass/Fail
Mastery calculation test (Hurdle requirement): Pass/Fail
Examination (2 hours): 50%
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Gayle McLelland |
Midwifery is a highly-skilled profession, hence time and scope to advance practical skills and knowledge is paramount for developing safe and responsive midwives. This practice unit will allow for further development of midwifery skills and identity, whilst incorporating new knowledge and skill. Students will explore complications that can arise during, but are unrelated to, childbearing processes. Emphasis in the unit will be placed on developing physical health assessment skills for identifying and managing a range of medical and surgical conditions that may arise. In addition, pharmacological concepts will be applied in the management of such conditions.
On completion of this subject, the student will be expected to:
Case study (2,500 - 3,000 words): 50%
Clinical practice assessments (Hurdle requirement): pass/fail
Mastery Calculation Test: (Hurdle Requirement): Pass/Fail
Examination (2 hours): 50%
12 hours per week for 12 weeks
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Carolyn Bailey |
Midwifery is a highly skilled profession.
This unit will enable the student to develop skills and confidence in the full scope of midwifery practice. Debate and analyse current trends in the provision of birthing services including issues sensitive to rural and urban differentials including specialist follow up and access to acute and specialized services. Students will be provided with both 'simulated' and 'real' opportunities to develop skills and knowledge that will enable them to provide effective care to birthing women experiencing variations from normal childbearing.
The clinical practice component will provide students with opportunities to incorporate theoretical learning directly into midwifery practice.
Clinical placement 160 hours
Written assignment, 50% (2500);
Exam: 50%, (3hrs);
Clinical practice assessment: Fail/Pass
Students will be on campus for 10 weeks with one week revision and 4 weeks will be spent in clinical practice. Four of those weeks are included in this unit. The weekly on campus workload requirement for the unit will be:
Lectures: 1 x 2 hours x 10 weeks = 20 hours
Tutorials: 1 x 2 hours x 10 weeks = 20 hours
Clinical: 160 hours
Individual Study: 120 hours
Total: 320 hours
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Carole Gilmour (Peninsula) |
This theoretical unit will assist students to acquire foundational knowledge of the care of babies with special needs. Students will have the opportunity to study the circumstances that commonly result in a baby being admitted to a Level Two Nursery. The issues confronting the infant and family during this period will be explored as well as the role of the midwife in facilitating health and wellbeing of the infant and family. Students will reflect upon and debate the ethico-legal issues involved in caring for a baby with special needs.
On completion of this unit students will have had the opportunity to:
Written assignment (1500 words): 30%
Guided study activities (2 x 500 words): 20%
Examination (2 hours): 50%
3562 Bachelor of Midwifery or 3953 Bachelor of Nursing Practice and Bachelor of Midwifery or 4514 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Midwifery
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mary Anne Biro (Peninsula) |
This unit will focus on human lactation, breastfeeding and infant nutrition. It will provide opportunities for students to analyse critically socio-cultural dimensions related to lactation and nutrition and consolidate knowledge and skills to support women in making infant feeding choices. In addition, this unit provides the opportunity for students to apply principles of lactation, breastfeeding and infant nutrition to practice. The unit will facilitate students' application of relevant codes to midwifery practice.
On completion of this unit students will have had the opportunity to:
Written assignment (2,000 words): 40%
Student presentation (20 minute presentation and poster): 40%
Case study (1000 words):20%
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Peninsula: Helen Hall Gippsland: TBA |
This unit introduces students to the broad range of therapies listed under the umbrella term of 'complementary and alternative medicine '(CAM). Students will have the opportunity to consider the underlying philosophy and reasons why the treatments have become increasingly popular in a contemporary health care setting. Using an evidence based approach, the benefits and risks of the major modalities will be considered. The concept of 'integrative medicine' and the role and responsibilities of health care professionals will also be explored.
On completion of the course, students should be able to:
Written assignment (3,000 words) 40%
Poster presentation (group activity) 40%
Quiz 20%
4 contact hours per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Carole Gilmour |
This theory and practice unit introduces students to the complexities of childbearing and emergency birthing challenges that women may experience during pregnancy, labour and birth and the first weeks after birth. The focus is on students developing their knowledge and skills relating to midwifery and obstetric management of these challenges. Emphasis is given to the collaborative role of the midwife, referral, use of medical technology, obstetric intervention, and the implications for women, their babies, and midwives. Whilst recognising the role of other healthcare practitioners, midwifery care will be central. Students will be introduced to the use of medical technology and obstetrical intervention whilst maintaining a woman-centred focus.
On completion of this unit the student should be able to:
Cumulative Assessments includes:
Formative assessment:
Guided study activities
Reflective journaling exercises
Summative assessment:
Group presentation (20 mins): 20%
Written assignment (2,500-3,000 words): 30%
Examination (3 hours): 50%
Clinical skills assessments (hurdles): (Pass/Fail)
Lectures - 2 hours per week (24 hours)
Tutorials/Clinical Laboratories - 2 hours per week (24 hours)
Online Guided Learning Activities - 2 hours per week (24hours)
Clinical placement - 2 days per week (16 hours) for 10 weeks (160 hours)
Student directed study - 80 hours
Bachelor of Midwifery: MID2102, Bachelor of Nursing Practice and Bachelor of Midwifery: MID1002, MID2105
3562 Bachelor of Midwifery or 3953 Bachelor of Nursing Practice and Bachelor of Midwifery or 4514 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Midwifery
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Jan Jones (Gippsland) |
This unit introduces students to childbearing and emergency birthing obstacles that women may experience. Midwifery and obstetric management of childbearing obstacles will be explored. Emphasis is given to the collaborative role of the midwife, referral, use of medical technology, obstetric intervention, and the implications for women, their babies, and midwives.
On completion of this unit the student will have had the opportunity to:
Written assignment (1500 words): 30%
Guided study activities (2 x 500 words): 20%
Examination (2 hours): 50%
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Jan Jones (Gippsland) |
This practice unit complements the theory unit Childbearing obstacles and will focus on students developing their knowledge and skills relating to the obstacles women may experience during pregnancy, labour and birth and the first weeks after birth. Emphasis is given to the recognition of problems and the collaborative and referral role of the midwife. Whilst recognising the role of other healthcare practitioners, midwifery care will be central. Students will be introduced to the use of medical technology and obstetrical intervention whilst maintaining a woman-centred focus.
On completion of this unit the student should be able to:
Critical reflection on own practice: 30%
Annotated bibliography: 30%
Written assignment: 40%
OSCE: Pass/Fail; must be passed in order to pass the unit
Lectures - 2 hours per week (24 hours)
Tutorials/Clinical Laboratories - 2 hours per week (24 hours)
Clinical placement - 160 hours
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Meredith McIntyre |
Through introduction of the broader womens health context, the unit explores the primary and collaborative role of the midwife working with women experiencing common women's health problems and their responses to these experiences. Students will be introduced to the physical and psychological aspects associated with selected womens health problems. The issue of women's experience of 'what is happening to me' and 'woman's sense of self' will be explored. The focus will be on fostering a positive self-image for women through facilitating participation in informed decision-making and taking responsibility for self-care and optimising wellness.
On completion of this unit the student should be able to: describe the essential components to be considered when performing a comprehensive women's health assessment; discuss the principles of primary health care in the promotion of health and wellness with diverse groups of women experiencing treatment for a range of women's health problems; discuss common health problems women may experience throughout various life stages; describe physical and psychological aspects associated with selected women's health problems; identify the range of responses a woman may experience when confronted with a body altering health problem; explore strategies to promote women's participation in informed decision-making and taking responsibility for self-care; relate reflective practice and the implementation of evidence-informed care to quality care in midwifery practice; and demonstrate beginning level midwifery competency based upon the ANMC National Competency Standards for the Midwife.
Online Quiz: 20%
Written assignment (2000 words): 30%
Examination: 50%
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Carole Gilmour (Peninsula) |
This unit will focus on students developing knowledge and skills relating to midwives and nurses working in partnership with women experiencing breast and other women's reproductive health concerns. It will include care of women experiencing diagnostic and/or therapeutic procedures within the context of reproductive health, including women's cancers and urinary conditions. Students' learning will focus on the role of the midwife or nurse as a provider of primary care for women across the reproductive health lifespan with emphasis on skill development in women's health assessment, promoting wellness, discharge planning, woman-centred care planning, care delivery and evaluation.
On completion of this unit the student should be able:
Formative:
Journaling exercises, online discussions
Summative:
Written assignment (2,500-3,000 words) 30%
Presentation (20 minute group presentation) 20%
Examination (2 hours): 50%
Flexible. This unit will require student attendance on campus for a maximum of the equivalent of 4 hours per week for 12 weeks.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Jan Jones (Gippsland), Dr Carole Gilmour (Peninsula) |
This unit will assist students within the context of the family to apply, in the nursery, foundational knowledge of the caring for babies with special needs. The student will gain beginning skills necessary for a midwife to be a competent member of the multidisciplinary team. Supervised practice in the Level two Nursery will facilitate the development of ACMI (Inc) competencies, where reflection and utilisation of evidence is required to meet the varied needs of babies with special needs and the family. Experience in this environment will allow the student to appreciate the complexity of the family experience.
On completion of this unit the student should be able to:
Essay (2500 words): 40%
Presentation (20 minutes): 20%
Examination (2 hour): 40%
Hurdle requirement (Clinical assessment): Pass/Fail
This unit will require student attendance on campus and/or in practice for a maximum of 12 hours per week for 12 weeks. There will be time allocated in practice for students to complete clinical assessment.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Meredith McIntyre |
This theory and practice unit provides students with a comprehensive and clinically meaningful final preparation for transition to practice as a competent beginning level midwife. The unit provides students with the opportunity to explore in detail a range of midwifery and medically led models of care and the midwifery leadership necessary to promote the profession, providing childbearing women with choice in the care they receive. Students are provided with the opportunity to explore contemporary midwifery practice, regulatory and professional issues and identify evidence informed midwifery practices.
On completion of this unit students will have had the opportunity to:
Written assignment (2500 words): 30%
Written Case study (3000): 50%
4 x on-line discussions to expand and explore knowledge (500 words each): 20%
Clinical Assessment: Pass/Fail.
Students must pass the clinical assessment to pass the unit.
12 hours per week consisting of online reading, guided activities and private study.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Maureen Miles (Gippsland, Ms Meredith McIntyre (Peninsula) |
This practice unit provides students with a comprehensive and clinically meaningful final preparation for transition to practice as a competent first level registered midwife, in an area of their choosing. The unit utilises principles of adult learning to enable students to explore an area of special interest such as midwifery practice in rural and remote locations, neonatal intensive care nursery and care of childbearing women at risk.
Having successfully completing this unit, it is expected that the student will:
Clinical Objectives
At the completion of this unit student will be able to:
6 x on-line discussions to expand and explore knowledge (500 words each): 30%
Complex case study of Mother and baby (3000 words): 70%
Clinical Assessment: Pass/Fail. Students must pass the clinical assessment to pass the unit.
4 hours teacher directed; 240 hours clinical practice
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Maureen Miles |
The unit will prepare students with the theoretical knowledge and skills to assess, examine and initiate emergency management on the newborn infant. Anatomy and physiology relating to the newborn infant and human lactation will be explored. Students will develop an understanding of multidisciplinary care and collaborative practice in the management of sick newborn infants in a Level II Nursery. In addition, students will critically analyze all nutritional choices for well and sick babies and develop an understanding of the socio-cultural elements surrounding the care of newborn and their families.
Written assignment 25% (2500 words);
Case Study 25% (2500words);
Exam (3hrs) 50%;
Clinical practice assessment Fail/Pass;
Linked neonatal skills assessments x 5 Pass/Fail.
Lectures: 1 x 4 hours x 9 weeks = 36 hours
Tutorials: 1 x 2 hours x 9 weeks = 18 hours
Clinical: 96 hours
Individual Study: 162 hours
Total: 312 hours
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Maureen Miles |
This unit focuses on the interplay between the socio-political issues that pervade the clinical arena of midwifery. These include for example how economic and class factors impact on vulnerable populations who are pregnant or giving birth. It facilitates the student to a greater understanding of vulnerability in childbearing women.
The unit also includes issues such as violence within the family, child abuse, sexual assault drug abuse and associated pathologies. The special needs of Indigenous women and their families will be addressed. Additionally, the birthing needs of refugees and asylum seekers and their families will be explored. The emphasis of the unit will be grounded in the philosophy of adult learning encouraging the student to be self-directed in the identification of their learning needs.
On completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
1. Poster and abstract and presentation that address a socio-political issue that influences childbearing women, families and midwifery practice. 60%
2. Reflective essay on specific vulnerabilities of the student's choice, that affect childbearing women and their families 20% (Objectives 1,2,4).
3. Critical analysis of a contemporary journal article that addresses socio-political issues of vulnerability in midwifery practice 20% (Objectives 1,2,3,4,5).
4. Clinical Practice (Clinical Hurdles) Pass/Fail
116 hours total study
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Biomedical Sciences |
Monash Passport category | Depth (Enhance Program) |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Ramesh Rajan |
This unit examines how humans conceptualize, respond to and treat illness and well-being.
It is a Monash Passport II "Depth" unit designed to help students to broaden and deepen their understanding of the world from different disciplinary bases. These units will be linked to the 'Enhance' Program of The Monash Passport II, a distinctive suite of programs in which students are given the opportunity to develop a range of skills and abilities that not only serve as a foundation for career development, but can also be applied to transform local and international communities. Successful completion of the depth units will be noted in both student transcripts and in Australian Higher Education Graduation Statements (AHEGS).
This unit will use a case-based and thematic approach to understand humans approach illness and well-being. Two study areas will be used, from a pool of 6-8 broad-ranging conditions which may include areas such as Obesity and the formation of body image, Autism and awareness of self and others, Schizophrenia and concepts of free will, Depression and the meaning of happiness, Alzheimer's disease and the sense of being human, Ageing and decay, and conceptions of mortality.
A weekly theme-based approach to learning will be used, with themes from the perspectives of Biomedicine, Art, Philosophy among others and the unit will be taught by staff from different disciplines across Monash. The unit aims to be very strongly research-centred to allow students to develop an evidence-based attitude to health and illness in particular, and to life in general. The evidence-based multi-disciplinary approach will allow students to develop the broadest possible perspective and understanding of human concepts, attitudes and responses to health, well-being and illness. They will also help instill attitudes and skills critical to involvement in transforming local and international communities.
On completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Journal club presentations (group work): 20%; Lecture style presentations (group work): 25%; Design portfolio for a website (group work): 25%; Essay (individual work): 30%
4 hours of workshops, 2 hours of student led research centred activities per week and 2 hours of journal club presentations per week. An additional 6 hours of private study is recommended.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Monash Passport category | Depth (Enhance Program) |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Bradley Crammond |
Our health and well being are increasingly subject to global influences. The world's health challenges involve issues, determinants and solutions that transcend nation and culture. Consequently, their solutions require interdisciplinary perspectives and intersectoral collaboration. Students will identify how, where and why global and transnational issues impact on people's health; multidisciplinary approaches to research, policy and practice are so important; evidence based policy and practice are required to address such complex health challenges. Working in cross disciplinary syndicates, students will investigate some of the big questions of global health and development, involving poverty reduction and equality of access to health
On completion of this unit you will be able to:
Hurdle requirement: Students are required to attend 80% of tutorials
Formative assessment: Reflective essay or exercise related to the MDGs
Summative assessment:
Syndicate (Group) Presentation - 20%
Case evaluation - 40%: 2000 words
Literature review - 40%: 2000 words
3 contact hours per week plus 9 hours per week private study.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Monash Passport category | Depth (Enhance Program) |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Notes
==Fieldwork==
Students will each undertake collaborative research in one community-based placement. Local projects will be offered to students in the following fields: social determinants of childhood injury; child and family access to local recreational and sports facilities; and supporting vision impaired children in a new school environment. Students also have the opportunity to undertake interstate research with World Vision Australia in the student's chosen area of interest pertaining to indigenous children's well-being, health and safety.
This innovative and engaging unit aims to enhance students' understanding of the broad nature of child well being and to allow students to explore the multi-disciplinary nature of child welfare and the responses needed to support and enhance child well-being, safety and protection. The unit will draw on expertise from early childhood, social welfare, accident prevention and health promotion to distinguish between the complexities of 'abuse', 'accident', 'child protection' and 'education' and consider their interplay in socially inclusive strategies for making children safe and for optimising their physical and mental health and well being.
Content will be presented in five contexts: "the child", "family and home", "local community", "state/national", and "global". Content will be offered through weekly expert seminars, where students will be invited to critique problems, issues and responses drawn from real practice. Selected seminars may be held as open community lecture nights, where the speaker and topic may be of interest and benefit to the broader community.
In addition to the expert seminar series, a research component will address methodology and ethical research approaches.
Students will be offered a choice of community projects designed to address and promote child health, education and general well being. Students will select one project to explore and examine, in a collaborative fashion with other students, in which they will gain rich experiences and hands-on research within the community
Joint research report: 10,000 word report on community field research (2500 words per student x 4) (70%)
Individual reflective assignment: 2000 words (30%)
Student research plan: verbal presentation (hurdle)
4 hours of contact time per week (2 hour seminar and discussion, 2 hour research tutorial).
Average total of 12 hours per week of on- and off-campus learning.
8 hours per week. On average, 4 hours allocated to weekly readings, online discussions and completion of assessment tasks, and 4 hours of involvement in community-based project .Of note, student time spent on their community-based project may peak at certain times during semester.
Average total of 12 hours per week of on- and off-campus learning.
Must have passed 96 credit points in the enrolling course.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Virginia Plummer |
NEH3001 is the second of two units offered in the Bachelor of Nursing/Bachelor of Emergency Health related to interprofessional teams. The underpinning framework of this unit and NEH2002 Interprofessional healthcare Teams 1 are based on the 'Interprofessional capability Framework" developed by the combined Universities Interprofessional Learning Unit, in Sheffield, UK. The guidelines generated from this framework relate to practice-based learning and fall within four conceptual domains: Knowledge in Practice, Ethical Practice, Interprofessional Working and Reflection.
At the completion of this unit students will be able to:
Theme 1: Knowledge in Practice
Theme II: Ethical Practice
Theme III: Interprofessional Working
Theme IV: Reflection
Written reports on case-based team learning exercises: 40%
Self, peer and tutor assessments of group work and simulated team exercises: 30%
Assignment: 30%
12 hours per week including contact time and private study, averaged over the 12 week semester - a total of 156 hours.
NEH2002
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Virginia Plummer |
This clinical unit focuses on the preparation of the student for the transition to interprofessional practice as a multi-skilled health professional. The unit will examine the management of self and others, organizational structures within healthcare practice, evaluation of leadership teamwork, risk management and multidisciplinary decision making. Students will participate in a range of learning experiences designed to enhance their appreciation of health professionals' roles and teamwork skills. Specific clinical contexts of learning will be acute care emergencies, mental health emergencies and disaster management.
On completion of this unit the students will be able to:
Written assignment: 60%
Reflective journal (2000 words): 40%
Nursing Clinical assessment: Pass/Fail
Paramedic clinical skills logbook: Pass/Fail
Lectures and laboratory sessions will be conducted on two full study days to facilitate clinical placements throughout the semester.
This unit involves two clinical placements
1. Four week nursing clinical placement in a hospital emergency department
2. Approximately 80 hours paramedic clinical placements in a range of paramedic settings
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Virginia Plummer |
This unit continues to develop the student's ability to provide health care in community based emergency health and hospital settings. It builds on the model of clinical competence and the context of clinical practice commenced in previous years of this course. It provides context to support the clinical theory unit concurrently undertaken in this semester, BEH3032. Supervised clinical experience is undertaken over 2 weeks in ambulance and community based health settings. Hospital experience involves 2 weeks in hospital critical care areas, including coronary care unit, with an ICU orientation, operating theatre for airway care and fluid management and recovery, and an emergency department.
On completion of this unit, the student should be able to:
Reflective Practice Assignment: 55%
Inter-professional Case Reviews: 45%
Clinical Practice Portfolio: Pass/Fail.
The equivalent of 4 weeks full time supervised clinical placement - a total of 152 hours.
Enrolment in the Bachelor of Emergency Health (3892)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Katrina Recoche (Peninsula) |
Health professionals need to be able to communicate effectively with patients and their families, and with colleagues in the health care team. They also need to communicate with a wider scholarly community in order to implement evidence-based approaches in their practice and contribute to research evidence to advance the nursing knowledge base. These instances of communication require that professionals engage in a process of lifelong learning facilitated by reflection and critical thinking and by independent learning skills.
The aim of this unit is to enable students to develop as independent learners and competent communicators in four areas:
This unit explores the knowledge and skills needed to communicate effectively in each of these four areas as well as the way in which these areas interact with one another.
Following a brief introduction to the concepts of research and the nature of research evidence, this unit covers the essential elements of reflective practice and critical thinking, academic and information literacies, developmental psychology and oral and written communication including electronic patient records and telehealth,. Effective listening, body language, professional and therapeutic relationships, anger management, coping and conflict resolution are also explored.
On completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Individual electronic portfolio including a range of tasks:
Annotated bibliography: 15%
Essay (1,500 words): 30%
Reading and reflective activities: 45%
Integration of portfolio: 10%
One (1) hour lecture per week supported with two (2) hour of tutorials and one (1) hour of online guided learning activities per week for thirteen (1) 3 weeks and 104 hours of private study over the semester. This unit applies to the following area(s) of study
Must be enrolled in course code 0727 or 3562 or 3892 or 4506 or 4514
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Pamela Wood (Gippsland) |
This unit introduces students to the Australian health care system, social determinants of health and the burden of disease experienced by individuals and groups differentially located in Australian society. The unit will explore societal values and the ethical dimensions of health care including access, equity, autonomy, justice, beneficence, and non-maleficence. Students will also investigate the evolving role and place of nursing in the health care system and reflect on how the profession is likely to further evolve globally in the twenty first century.
Written assignment (2500-3000 words): 40%;
Group Work: 20%;
1x 2hr examination: 40%
Attend lecture 2 hours and tutorial 2 hours/ week over 12 weeks and 9 hours of self directed study/week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Joy Lyneham (Peninsula) |
This unit introduces the student to the concept of culture from a sociological perspective. Social determinants of health, supported by epidemiological evidence, will be explored taking into account the influence of gender, family, and ethnicity on health outcomes. The concept of values and ethical principles within healthcare communities will be introduced. Using critical thinking processes students will evaluate the influence that the 'socialisation of nursing' phenomena has on the defining characteristics of the Australian nursing workforce culture. The forces of globalisation on healthcare in the future and the nursing profession will be discussed.
On completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Written Assignment (2500 words): 40%
Three (3) online, short answer, quizzes: 60% (20% per quiz)
Workload requirement: This unit will be offered as on campus flexible delivery mode consisting of three (3) hours lectures per week supported with one (1) hour of online guided learning activities per week for 12 weeks.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Louisa Lam |
This unit introduces students to the beginning knowledge and skills of the professional nurse. The Australian Nursing and Midwifery Council (ANMC) competency standards for the registered nurse are utilised as a framework to guide students in relation to person-centred care, patient safety, cultural and contextual competence and developing practice.
This unit includes the theoretical and practical foundations of clinical practice and processes in the clinical environment. In this unit you learn how to individualise care and undertake basic clinical skills that are fundamental in the care of individuals and groups. It is here you begin to explore the art and science that underpins the practice of a professional registered nurse.
On completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Clinical placement one (1) week (40 hours)
Written assignment (2,500 words) 40%
Written examination 60%
Satisfactory clinical placement report.
To pass this unit the student must pass the examination and the clinical placement.
Lectures two (2) hours per week, Laboratory two (2) hours per week, Guided self-directed learning one (1) hour per week,
Must be enrolled in course code 0727 or 2552 or 3562 or 3892 or 4514
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Katrina Recoche |
This unit will provide students with an enhanced understanding of the role culture plays in the lives of people from different backgrounds, the role of culture on health beliefs and the implications for health professionals. The unit will explore cultural safety and cultural responsiveness/cultural competency using the NH&MRC National Guidelines for Cultural Competence in Health as a framework. Students will be provided with the opportunity to explore their own values and beliefs and contrast these with the values and beliefs of others in the community.
The unit will use various community-based clinical and social issues as a vehicle to enable students to engage with and develop skills in applying the principles of cultural responsiveness/cultural competency in health care delivery, in the setting of our diverse multi-cultural and Indigenous communities. This unit will underpin the 'Cultural Responsiveness/ Cultural Competency' theme in the respective courses which will be enhanced throughout subsequent units.
OR
Quiz, 30 minute, 10%.
Workbook, 2,000 words, 40%
Exam, 2 hour, 40%
Tutorial attendance and participation 10%
24 Lecture Hours, 12 tutorial hours or online learning activities, 36 hours directed reading activities, 80 hours student directed.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Catherine Chung (Gippsland) |
This unit introduces students to the fundamentals of nursing care for individuals and communities by introducing concepts, processes and skills required for nursing practice Concepts introduced include body mechanics, pain and comfort, the collection of health and nutritional profiles and issues of growth and development across the individual's lifespan. It aims to introduce students to complementary therapies and the notion of healthy lifestyles for the older and younger person. The unit includes theoretical and practical information about nursing skills, concepts and processes in a clinical practice component.
On completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Written examination: 50%. Students must pass this examination to pass the unit
Clinical fieldwork: 50%
Practical skills examination: pass/fail. Students must pass this examination to pass the unit
Students must attend 90% of all scheduled laboratories - refer to school guidelines for details
12 weeks x 2 hours lectures, 12 weeks x 2 hours laboratories, 8 hours student directed learning activities, 96 hours of clinical placement.
Only available to students enrolled in: Bachelor of Nursing Practice, Bachelor of Nursing Practice/ Bachelor of Midwifery, Bachelor of Nursing (Community Health)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Joanne Stewart (Peninsula), Louisa Lam (Clayton) |
This unit examines fundamental knowledge and skills in preparation for the care of individuals. Emphasis is placed on systematic health assessment and the development and evaluation of appropriate person-centred care, incorporating the legal and ethical dimensions of care. The clinical practise experience undertaken in this unit is an integral component of the development of the nurse/midwife and concentrates on the practical application of theoretical principles explored in this unit.
On completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Clinical placement two (2) weeks, (80 hours)
Written assignment (2,000 words) 40%
Examination 60%,
Clinical placement Pass/Fail
Clinical skills examination Pass/Fail
Drug Calculation and mastery Pass/Fail (Hurdle)
Students must pass the clinical placement, clinical skills assessments and calculation hurdle to pass this unit.
Lectures two (2) hours per week, Laboratory two (2) hours per week, Guided self-directed learning one (1) hour per week,
Must be enrolled in course code 0727 or 2552 or 3562 or 3892 or 4506 or 4514
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Susan Lee |
Leadership is fundamental to the nature of nursing and midwifery; in the formation of safe practice, interdisciplinary relationships, education, research and health care delivery.
In this unit, nursing leadership is explored by examining the historical nature of leadership in nursing. The social construct of leadership will be investigated in the context of interpersonal organisational health care relationships and clinical practice. A major feature of the unit is an exploration of the professional values and ethics that form the basis of decision making in health care systems and nursing practice.
On completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Tutorial attendance and participation 10%
Student-led discussion 50%
Final Examination (2 hours) (40%)
Lectures two (2) hours per week, Tutorials two (2) hours per fortnight, Guided self-directed learning one (1) hour per week
Only available to students enrolled in: Bachelor of Nursing or Diploma of Tertiary Studies
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Bairnsdale First semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA (Gippsland) |
The aim of this unit is to enable students to develop tertiary study skills and knowledge that will assist them to become a scholar of nursing. Particular attention will be given to the development of communication, literacy, information technology and critical thinking and clinical decision making skills. The significance of research to the development of a distinct, specialised body of knowledge will be emphasised. The research process will be introduced as a basis for the development of skills in the evaluation and application of research outcomes in nursing practice. The contribution of scholarship to the evolution of nursing as a professional discipline will be explored in this unit.
On completion of this unit students are expected to be able to:
Tutorial presentation: 20%
Written Assignment: 40%
Exam: 40%
4 hours per week (lecture and tutorial)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Bairnsdale Second semester 2013 (Day) Berwick Second semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA (Berwick),TBA (Gippsland) and Dr.Debra Griffiths (Peninsula) |
The aim of this unit is to introduce students to the legal system including the processes and institutions that impact on professional practice. Students will identify the law as it relates to the delivery of health services including professional standards and regulation, complaint mechanisms and relevant legal forums including the coroner's court. Students will be encouraged to explore the health professional's relationship and obligations owed to patients, patient families and professional colleagues in the various health care environments.
On completion of this unit students are expected to be able to:
Written assignment (Legal scenario 2000 - 2500 words): 40%
On-line (WebCT) Quizzes (2 x 10-15 minutes each) 10%
Exam: 40%
Lectures two (2) hours per week, Tutorial one (1) hour per week
Only available to students enrolled in: 0727 Bachelor of Nursing or 2552 Diploma of Tertiary Studies or 3445 Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) or 3892 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) or 3953 Bachelor of Nursing Practice and Bachelor of Midwifery or 3963 Bachelor of Nursing Practice
4506 Bachelor of Nursing (Community Health) or 4514 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Midwifery
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Catherine Chung (Peninsula) |
This unit extends the concepts of health, wellness and evidence-based nursing and midwifery practice introduced in previous units. Students will use knowledge derived from social and biological sciences to inform the development of skills in health assessment. An introduction to concepts and skills fundamental to the practice of nursing will enable students to undertake nursing care that is culturally and developmentally contemporaneous. As communication is the cornerstone of effective assessment and therapeutic interventions, interpersonal skills are emphasized in this unit.
On the completion of this unit, students are expected to be able to:
Assignment: 30%; Case study: 20%; Examination: 50%; Practical examination (e.g. OSCE): Pass/Fail; Clinical practicum: Pass/Fail.
Students must successfully complete both the theoretical and practical components in order to pass this unit.
6 hours on-campus, 1 hour on-line learning per week plus 120 hours clinical practicum
Students enrolled in 2552 must have passed: ATS1369 and NUR1101, Otherwise must have passed NUR1101, NUR1201
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Meredith McIntyre |
This unit aims to explore the connection between the science of population health, the sociology pertaining to the life lived and health outcomes of individuals and populations. In particular, the implications these factors have for health care practice will be examined. current research evidence incorporating epidemiology of health and the social determinants of health, supported by the Australian Nursing and Midwifery Council (ANMC) National Competency Standards for the Registered Nurse and for the Midwife and the School of Nursing and Midwifery graduate
On completion of this unit, it is expected that students will be able to:
Group work project 25%
Online quiz 15%
Written examination 60%
Lectures two (2) hours per week, Tutorials one (1) hour per week, Guided work two (2) hours per week
Must be enrolled in course code 0727 or 3892 or 4514
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Bairnsdale First semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Ainsley James (Gippsland), Md.Nadim Rahman(Peninsula) |
This unit introduces the concepts of medical and surgical nursing across the lifespan along with an introduction to pharmacology. A case based approach is used to facilitate the integration and application of pharmacological principles and associated drug groups underpinned by human pathophysiology related to the body system under review. Systems studied include respiratory, cardiovascular and endocrine. Pain management and wound assessment and integrity, introduced in first year, are explored at an increasingly complex level. The clinical practicum component provides opportunities to develop competency to a year two (2) level in a range of skills learnt in the simulated laboratory environment
On completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Clinical Placement 3 weeks (120 hours)
Examination: 60%
Case study: 30%
Quizzes: 10%
Skill assessment: Pass/Fail Clinical placement assessment, 100% mastery Calculation hurdle. Students must achieve a pass in the examination,the skill assessment and the clinical placement to pass the unit.
Students must attend 100% of all scheduled laboratories, unless a medical certificate is provided - refer to school's clinical policy for details.
Five (5) hours lectures per week supported by 2 hours laboratory, 1 hour of tutorial with two (2) hours of online guided learning activities per week plus three (3) weeks of clinical placement at five(5) days/week (based on an 8 hour day/40 hour week).
Only available to students enrolled in: Bachelor of Nursing, Bachelor of Nursing/ Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic), Bachelor of Nursing Practice, Bachelor of Nursing Practice/Bachelor of Midwifery or Bachelor of Nursing Community Health.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA (Berwick), Dr Sonia Allen (Gippsland), Dr Grace Stankiewicz (Peninsula) |
This unit builds upon the epidemiology of aging populations, pandemics, and sociology introduced in the first year of the course. The context of health services on determining emerging practice for health professionals is explored. Students are introduced to issues of management in healthcare, care planning, discharge planning and global health care considerations. Issues with reference to: patients' rights, ethical theories and principles, and ethical reasoning are explored as applied to clinical situations where, moral obligation, moral responsibility, moral distress and ethical dilemmas are likely to arise. Critical thinking skills will be developed.
On completion of this unit the student will be able to:
Written assignment (3000 words): 50%
On-line quiz (20 minutes): 30%
Group presentation (1,000 words): 20%
Three (3) hours lectures per week supported with one (1) hour of online guided learning activities per week for 10 weeks.
Only available to students enrolled in: 0727 Bachelor of Nursing or 3953 Bachelor of Nursing Practice and Bachelor of Midwifery or 3963 Bachelor of Nursing Practice or 4506 Bachelor of Nursing (Community Health) or 4514 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Midwifery
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Bairnsdale Second semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA (Berwick), Ms Ainsley James (Gippsland), Nadim Radim (Peninsula) |
This unit explores the integration and application of pharmacological principles and associated drug groups underpinned by human pathophysiology related to the body system under review. The interrelationship and symptom specific of the following systems, neurological, musculoskeletal, renal, vascular and haematological and gender issues related to health are studied. Pain management and wound integrity studied in NUR2002 - Nursing practice in Context 1, are explored at an increasing complex level. The clinical practicum component of this unit provides the student the opportunity to develop competency to a year two (2) level in a range of skills learnt in the simulated laboratory environment.
On completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Clinical Placement 2 weeks (80 hours)
Examination: 60%
Case study: 30%
Quizzes: 10%
Skill assessment: Pass/Fail Clinical placement assessment, 100% mastery Calculation hurdle. Students must achieve a pass in the examination, the skill assessment and the clinical placement to pass the unit.
Students must attend 100% of all scheduled laboratories unless a medical certificate can be provided- refer to school's clinical policy for details.
Five (5) hours lectures per week supported by two (2) hours laboratory, one (1) hour of tutorial with two (2) hours of online guided learning activities per week. Two (2) weeks of clinical placement at five (5) days/week (based on an 8 hour day/40 hour week) and private study over the 12 week semester - a total of 312 hours.
Only available to students enrolled in: Bachelor of Nursing, Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic), Bachelor of Nursing Practice and Bachelor of Midwifery or Bachelor of Nursing Practice
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Gayle McLelland (Peninsula) |
This elective unit provides students with an introduction to maternity and paediatric nursing.
Students will explore the roles and responsibilities of the nurse in supporting care of women and their families throughout the childbearing process. Emphasis is on normal pregnancy and postpartum care of mother and baby.
The unit also extends learning from core units around medical and surgical care and special needs of children.
Two (2) x 2000 workbooks - each 2000 words (20% each)
Examination worth - Two (2) hours (60%).
Students must pass the examination to pass the unit
Four (4) hours lecture/tutorial/laboratory
Only available to students enrolled in: Bachelor of Nursing or Bachelor of Nursing Practice
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Bairnsdale First semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA (Gippsland) |
Therapeutics plays a significant role in the prevention and management of disease. Nurses and midwives must have a comprehensive knowledge of the actions and effects of medications consumed by patients in their care to provide safe, competent and effective medication administration. Understanding drugs requires a strong foundation of pharmacologic principles to help establish the knowledge-base to underpin safe nursing practice. This unit examines fundamental knowledge and skills to promote the therapeutic application of drugs in the clinical setting and to enhance the ability to provide patient care and education.
On completion of this unit students will be expected to be able to:
Clinical drug education plan (2000 words):25%;
Group assignment :25%; Exam (2 hours): 50%.
Students must attend 90% of all scheduled laboratories/tutorials - refer to school clinical guidelines for details.
4 hours per week (lectures, tutorials, labs) x 9 weeks;
1 hour per week on line guided learning x 9 weeks
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Flexible) |
Coordinator(s) | Katrina Recoche |
An important component of our health system is the services provided for those living with terminal illness. The health needs of these individuals are diverse and often change over time. An interdisciplinary approach will be used to engage students in building fundamental knowledge and skill for the provision of palliative care in any setting. This unit aims to develop the abilities of health professionals and other graduates to care for persons with life limiting illness, by improving awareness of the principles and values underpinning palliative care, communication, clinical assessment and interventions and optimizing function in palliative care and coping with dying and bereavement. This unit is a prerequisite for NUR3007 'Clinical experience in the palliative approach'.
Comprehensive case study: 40%
Essay: 40%
Tutorial Participation: 20%
Three 3 hour compulsory workshops in weeks 1,2 and 3 of the semester, followed by weekly 1 hour podcast lectures.
Enrolment in 2nd or 3rd year of an undergraduate degree related to health sciences.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Bairnsdale Second semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA (Gippsland), Mrs Karen Harder (Peninsula) |
This unit provides the opportunity for the student to develop fundamental knowledge, skills and attitudes relevant to the restoration and maintenance of optimal mental health. Students will be expected to assess people with mental health problems and to identify, prioritize and implement appropriate evidence based interventions. The guiding principles of the National Practice Standards for the Mental Health Workforce including: rights, responsibilities, safety and privacy, consumer and carer participation, awareness of diversity, early detection and intervention, ethical practice and professional responsibilities underpin the unit contents. Topics covered in this unit include: the mental health workforce, mental health and illness, psychiatric assessment, legal and ethical care, psychotropic medications, the mental health system, the consumer and carer movement, acute psychosis, mood disorders, peri-natal mental disorders, personality disorders and anxiety disorders.
On completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Two (2) weeks of clinical placement at five (5) days/week (based on an 8 hour day/40 hour week
Written assignment: 25%
On line quizzes: 15%
Formal examination: 60%
Clinical Assessment: Pass/fail
100% attendance mandatory .
Students must attend 100% of all scheduled tutorials - refer to school clinical guidelines for details.
Two (2) hours lecture per week
Two (2) hr tutorial per week
One (1) hour for self directed reading and quizzes per week
Two (2) - five (5) hours of private study weekly
Clinical placement - 80 hours
Only available to students enrolled in: Bachelor of Nursing, Bachelor of Nursing/ Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) Bachelor of Nursing Practice, Bachelor of Nursing Practice/Bachelor of Midwifery or Bachelor of Midwifery
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Noelleen Kiprillis (Berwick), Robyn Fairhall (Peninsula) |
This unit introduces concepts of medical and surgical nursing and pharmacology, across the lifespan. A case based approach is used to facilitate the integration and application of pharmacological principles and associated drug groups underpinned by human pathophysiology related to the body system under review. Systems studied include respiratory, cardiovascular, neurological, renal and endocrine. The topics of pain management, wound assessment and clinical assessment skills introduced in year one will be further developed as each system is studied. Clinical simulation exercises will be utilised in laboratory sessions to develop and enhance the acquisition of clinical skills. The clinical practicum component provides opportunities to develop competency to a year two (2) level in a range of skills learnt in the simulated laboratory environment
On completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Clinical Placement four (4) weeks (160 hours)
Case study (2000 words) 30%
Examination 60%
Quizzes 10%
Clinical placement Pass/Fail
Clinical skills examination Pass/Fail
Medication mastery hurdle 100%
Lectures six (6 ) hours per week, Tutorials two (2) hours per fortnight, Clinical laboratories two (2) hours per week, Guided learning activities one (1) hour per week,. Students must attend 100% of all scheduled laboratories, unless a medical certificate is provided . Four (4) weeks of clinical placement at five (5) days/week (based on an 8 hour day/40 hour week, 160 hours in total)
This unit applies to the following area(s) of study
Only available to students enrolled in: 0727 Bachelor of Nursing or 3436 Bachelor of Nursing (Psychological Studies) or 3562 Bachelor of Midwifery
3892 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) or 4506 Bachelor of Nursing (Community Health) or
4514 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Midwifery
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
This unit provides the opportunity for the student to develop fundamental knowledge, skills and attitudes relevant to the restoration and maintenance of optimal mental health. Students will be expected to assess people with mental health problems and to identify, prioritise and implement appropriate evidence based interventions and management strategies.
On completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Essay (2000 words ) 30%
Online Quizzes 10%
Examination (two (2) hours) 60%
Lectures two (2) hours per week, Tutorials two (2) hours per week, Guided learning activities one (1) hour per week, online quizzes one (1) hour per week. Self-directed learning six (6) hours per week.
Must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Nursing, Bachelor of Nursing/Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic), Bachelor of Midwifery or Bachelor of Nursing/ Bachelor of Midwifery.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | TBC |
Using a lifespan approach this unit builds on semester one learning in NUR2106 and further explores the integration and application of pharmacological principles and associated drug groups underpinned by human pathophysiology related to the body system under review.
There will be an emphasis on the general paediatric population and commonly presenting conditions that relate specifically to this group. Other systems that will be studied include musculoskeletal, gastroenterological, haematological and vascular conditions. Clinical simulation exercises will be utilised in laboratory sessions to develop and enhance the acquisition of clinical skills.
The clinical practicum component provides opportunities to develop competency to a second year level in a range of skills learnt in the simulated laboratory environment.
On completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Clinical Placement two (2) weeks (80 hours)
Case study 30%
Examination 60%
Quizzes 10%
Clinical placement Pass/Fail
Clinical skills examination Pass/Fail
Medication Mastery Hurdle 100%
Lectures six (6) hours per week, Tutorials two (2) hours per fortnight, Clinical laboratories two (2) hours per week, Guided learning activities one (1) hour per week,. Students must attend 100% of all scheduled laboratories, unless a medical certificate is provided . Two (2) weeks of clinical placement at five (5) days/week (based on an 8 hour day/40 hour week, 80 hours in total)
Only available to students enrolled in: 0727 Bachelor of Nursing or 3436 Bachelor of Nursing (Psychological Studies) or 3562 Bachelor of Midwifery or 3892 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) or 4506 Bachelor of Nursing (Community Health) or 4514 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Midwifery
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Charanjit Singh (Peninsula), Mr Eddie Robinson (Berwick) |
This Mental Health Nursing unit draws upon student's prior theoretical knowledge, skills and attitudes from NUR2107. This unit will focus upon professional issues including self care, clinical supervision; utilising evidence based nursing interventions and preparation for clinical practice.
This unit has a 4 week clinical component, where students will apply evidence based nursing care and interventions with mentally ill consumers and their carers.
Theoretical principles and standards of practice are derived from the ANMC National Competency Standards for the Registered Nurse, the ACMHN Standards of Practice for Australian Mental Health Nurses, current evidenced based care and associated legislation.
On completion of this unit it is expected that students will be able to;
Clinical Placement four (4) weeks (160 hours)
Essay (2,000 words) - 35%
One online MH nursing quiz - 10 %
(Complete prior to clinical)
Examination (2 hours) - 55%
Clinical practice Pass / Fail Satisfactory completion of clinical practice is required to pass this unit.
Tutorials 2 hours per week x 6 weeks,
Guided work (Case based studies) 1 hour per week x 6 weeks, On line Quiz 1 hr
Self directed readings 1hr per week x 6 weeks, Clinical Placement (Mental Health) x 4 weeks (160 hours)
100% for tutorials (on-campus) and 100% for clinical placements
Only available to students enrolled in: 0727 Bachelor of Nursing or 3892 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) or 4506 Bachelor of Nursing (Community Health) or 4514 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Midwifery
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Grace Stankiewicz (PENINSULA) |
The aim of this unit is to provide registered nurses with a comprehensive foundation for the assessment of clients' health status in order to determine and deliver competent nursing care based upon the goals of health restoration, maintenance and promotion.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to be able to:
Assignment 1: 25%
Assignment 2: 25%
Exam: 50%
One (1) hour of lecture per week
Two (2) hours of tutorial per week
Two (2) - four (4) hours private study per week.
Only available to students enrolled in: Bachelor of Nursing or Bachelor of Nursing Practice
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
The purpose of this unit is to provide the student with an understanding of the management process, as it applies to the delivery of nursing care to clientele in a variety of settings.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to be able to:
Assignments: 100%
Assignment 1: 2000 words - 40%
Assignment 2: 3000 words - 60%
TBA
Only available to students enrolled in: Bachelor of Nursing or Bachelor of Nursing Practice
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Grainne Lowe (Peninsula) |
The aim of this unit is to develop in students an understanding of the basic principles of pain and wound care management as they relate to nursing, as responsible and appropriate nursing intervention is frequently a determinant of the overall success of therapy. The need for the nurse to develop a broad knowledge base of wound and pain management and therapeutic regimes is considered an essential element of professional clinical practice.
At the completion of these modules of study, , the student is expected to be able to:
Module One case study 25%
Module Two case study: 25%
Examination: 50%.
Only available to students enrolled in: Bachelor of Nursing or Bachelor of Nursing Practice
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Assoc Prof Simon Cooper (BERWICK), Dr Kay McCauley (PENINSULA) |
This unit introduces the student to the concept of evidence based practice and its application to health care. The evidence based practice model will be presented as the framework to encourage students to reflect on the current evidence base of contemporary clinical practices. The unit will introduce the student to the principles underpinning qualitative and quantitative research approaches, the research process and methodology and the ethical issues of undertaking research. Students will explore the different levels of evidence through reviewing research reports on topical issues of practice within healthcare delivery.
On completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Major assignment: 60%
On-line quizzes: 40%
This unit will consist of :
Two (2) hours lectures per week, supplemented by a minimum of four (4) online podcasts for the remaining weeks of the semester
Two (2) hours tutorials per week.
NB: Tutorials are compulsory for students not attending clinical placement; students required to attend clinical placement must attend a minimum seven (7) tutorials per semester
Only available to students enrolled in: Bachelor of Nursing, the Bachelor of Nursing/Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic), the Bachelor of Midwifery, the Bachelor of Nursing/ Bachelor of Midwifery or Bachelor of Nursing Community Health.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Tamsin Jones |
This clinical practice unit provides an introduction to the management of clients with complex and or life threatening health problems across the lifespan with a particular focus on the acute care needs of the ageing individual. A case based approach will be utilized to facilitate the integration of advance health assessment skills, evidenced based practice and application of ethical principles in the management of complex nursing situations.
On completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Clinical Placement two (2) weeks (80 hours)
Case Study / Written Assignment (2500 - 3000 words) - 40%
Examination (2 hours) - 60%
Students must pass the clinical placement to pass this unit
Students must achieve a pass in the final examination to achieve a pass in this unit.
Students must attend 100% of all scheduled laboratories, unless a medical certificate is provided - refer to school's clinical policy for details.
Two (2) hours of lectures per week. Two (2) hours laboratory practise per week. Guided work one (1) hour per week
Two (2) weeks of clinical placement at five (5) days/week (based on an 8 hour day/40 hour week, 80 hours in total)
Only available to students enrolled in: 0727 Bachelor of Nursing or 3892 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)or 4506 Bachelor of Nursing (Community Health) or 4514 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Midwifery
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Bairnsdale First semester 2013 (Day) Berwick First semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Judith Lyons (GIPPSLAND), Meredith McIntyre (PENINSULA) TBA (BERWICK) |
Education is a key part of the work of health care professionals through provision of patient, peer and student teaching. Understanding teaching and learning theories and approaches is fundamental to delivering effective teaching. This unit aims to introduce students to teaching and learning for clinical practice. It will explore theory underpinning teaching and learning as well as provide opportunities for skills development in planning and delivering teaching
On completion of this unit, students are expected to be able to:
Essay: 60%
Written teaching plan: 40%
Peer teaching session: (hurdle requirement)- Students must pass this hurdle requirement to pass the unit.
Two(2) hours of lecture per week
One (1) hour of tutorial per week
Two (2) - four (4) hours private study per week
Only available to students enrolled in: 0727 Bachelor of Nursing or 3562 Bachelor of Midwifery or 3892 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic)
3953 Bachelor of Nursing Practice and Bachelor of Midwifery or3963 Bachelor of Nursing Practice or 4506 Bachelor of Nursing (Community Health) or 4514 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Midwifery
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Julia Morphet (PENINSULA) |
This clinical unit focuses on the preparation of the student for the transition to practice as a professional nurse. The emphasis of the unit will be grounded in the philosophy of adult learning encouraging the student to be self-directed in the identification of their learning needs. In preparing for practice the unit will examine the management of self and others, organizational structures within healthcare practice, evaluation of leadership, teamwork, risk management and multidisciplinary decision making.
On completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Clinical Placement three (3) weeks (120 hours)
Written assignment: 50%
Reflective activity: 50%
Clinical Assessment (100% attendance): Pass/Fail
Students must achieve a pass the clinical placement to pass the unit
Students must attend 90% of all scheduled tutorials - refer to school clinical guidelines for details.
Two(2) hours of lecture per week
Two (2) hours of tutorial fortnightly
Two (2) - four (4) hours private study per week
Three (3) weeks of clinical placement at five (5) days/week (based on an 8 hour day/40 hour week, 120 hours in total)
Only available to students enrolled in: 0727 Bachelor of Nursing or 3953 Bachelor of Nursing Practice and Bachelor of Midwifery or 4506 Bachelor of Nursing (Community Health) or 4514 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Midwifery
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Meredith McIntyre (Peninsula) |
This unit focuses on multi-disciplinary care and models of care delivery with an emphasis on ageing, chronic and life limiting illness. With the evolving role of the nurse as primary care providers it introduces the student to the issues facing older people and will include healthy ageing, the ageing process, polypharmacy, lifestyle issues, advanced health assessment related to people with complex health needs and legal and ethical issues associated with aging, chronic illness and palliative care.
On completion of this unit the student will be expected to be able to:
Clinical Placement three (3) weeks (120 hours)
3 hour Examination
Group Assignment
On-line guided activity
Clinical placement
Note: Please refer to your unit guide for assessment percentages.
This unit is running at Peninsula and Berwick campuses however each campus is running a different version. Monash (Peninsula) is currently teaching Version 4, Monash (Berwick) is teaching Version 5. Therefore there will be slight differences in the unit between campuses, in particular the weighting of assessment items and the duration of clinical placement. Refer to the Unit Guide provided by your unit Coordinator to confirm the details at your campus.
Two(2) hours of lecture per week
Two (2) hours of tutorial
four (4) hours guided study per week
Three (3) weeks of clinical placement at five (5) days/week (based on an 8 hour day/40 hour week, 120 hours in total)
Only available to students enrolled in: 0727 Bachelor of Nursing or 3892 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic) or 4506 Bachelor of Nursing (Community Health) or 4514 Bachelor of Nursing and Bachelor of Midwifery
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
This unit applies the clinical capabilities articulated in the national palliative care curriculum for undergraduates (PCC4U1) to clinical learning activities. Students develop clinical capabilities in the palliative approach by working with a mentor in specialist clinical practice, providing care to people with life limiting illness and their families. The unit uses a flexible approach that allows students to negotiate the terms of their clinical time with a mentor to guide their development. The use of virtual tutorials and ongoing feedback from faculty will assist students to reflect on these experiences and integrate theory with practice.
Clinical capability portfolio (pass/fail)
Weekly clinical reflective log (60%)
Virtual Tutorial Group work (40%)
162 hours (1 day per week negotiated clinical, 2 hours per week mentor guided activities, 2 hours per week self directed activities, 2 hours per week student led virtual tutorial)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Bairnsdale Second semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
This unit addresses issues associated with transition to rural nursing practice and prepares students for the expanded generalist role that characterises rural nursing practice. Concerned with preparing students for a satisfying and sustainable rural nursing career, the unit requires students to explore opportunities for continuing education, professional affiliation and engagement and career advancement.
On completion of this unit students are expected to be able to:
interdisciplinary collaboration in facilitating case management and optimal health
outcomes;
incidents commonly associated with the Division 1RN role;
advancing health outcomes;
nature of nursing practice
Clinical Objectives:
clinical workloads;
Assignment: (3000 words) 50%
Clinical Learning Contract: 20%
Clinical Report (reflective): 30%
3 hour lecture per week, 2 hour tutorial per week, 2 hours on-line activities per week for 4 weeks. A total of 124 hours of Student directed learning.
Available only to students enrolled in Bachelor of Nursing Practice
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Bairnsdale First semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA(Gippsland), Charin Singh (Peninsula) |
This unit will further develop the student's knowledge, skills and attitudes relevant to the restoration and maintenance of optimal mental health and recovery from mental illness. Students are expected to care for people with selected mental disorders including psychotic disorders, personality disorders, eating disorders, delirium and dementia, and substance-related disorders. Emphasis is placed upon empowerment of the individual and caregiver using the stress/vulnerability model and carer based management. The unit also encompasses management of aggression, crisis intervention and case management, the importance of self care.
On completion of this unit students are expected to be able to:
Clinical Placement two (2) weeks (80 hours)
Written Assessment 25%
Tutorial worksheets: 15%
Examination: 60%
Students must attend 90% of all scheduled laboratories - refer to school clinical guidelines for details.
Two (2) hours of lecture per week
Two (2) hours of tutorial per week.
One (1) hour per week for self directed reading and quiz
Two (2) five (5) hours of private study per week
Two (2) weeks of clinical placement at five (5) days/week (based on an 8 hour day/40 hour week, 80 hours in total)
Only available to students enrolled in: Bachelor of Nursing, Bachelor of Nursing/ Bachelor of Emergency Health (Paramedic), Bachelor of Nursing Practice or Bachelor of Nursing Practice/Bachelor of Midwifery
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Bairnsdale First semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Karen Missen |
This unit will incorporate an introduction to high acuity nursing of severely ill patients. Using a systematic approach to patient assessment, students will develop skills in caring for patients with, altered circulation, multi-organ failure, shock states and trauma. The focus will be on high acuity care and include other specialist areas of nursing practice such as critical care, perioperative, coronary care, acute medical surgical, emergency nursing and paediatric nursing with an emphasis of caring for patients across the lifespan.
Educational Objectives:
On completion of this unit students are expected to:
Clinical Objectives:
Written assignment: 30% - 3000 word essay exploring the management of a high acuity patient;
Written examination: 60% - 3 hour examination;
Online activities: 10%
Clinical assessment: Pass/fail
Students must attend 100% of all scheduled laboratories - refer to school clinical guidelines for details.
Students must obtain a pass grade in the examination in order to obtain an overall pass grade for this unit
7 hours a week (lectures, tutorials, labs) plus 160 hours clinical.
Guided Learning:
One (1) hour per week for self directed reading.
Available only to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Nursing Practice
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Joy Lyneham |
An important component of our health system is to provide appropriate care for individuals experiencing a sudden health crisis. Often this crisis results in an individual requiring attendance to an Emergency department (ED) or admission to a critical care area such as a Coronary Care (CCU) or Intensive Care unit (ICU).
To respond effectively to these needs, nurses require specific knowledge and skills to provide rapid and continuing assessment based on current evidence based practice in the ED, CCU and ICU. This unit extends on acquired nursing knowledge and skills, enhancing students' abilities to manage a crisis situation in critical care and generalist areas.
On completion of this unit, it is expected that the student will be able to:
Written assignment (2,500 words) 40%, case study (3,500 words) 60%
Lectures 2 hours per week, Tutorial/ Laboratory 2 hours per week
Only available to students enrolled in: Bachelor of Nursing
NUR3004
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Bairnsdale Second semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
This unit focuses on an integrated structure for health and wellbeing in the community using the continuum from birth to end of life. This unit will provide opportunities for students to develop fundamental knowledge, incorporate primary health care theories and concepts. This process will expand their burgeoning skills and attitudes relevant to the prevention, restoration and maintenance of optimal health and wellbeing, specific to a range of community settings. Students will be supported to explore and develop knowledge significant to the family and health care needs so the individual and/or family become central to their management of optimal health.
The clinical practice component will provide students with opportunities to incorporate theoretical learning into care and begin the transition to graduate practice.
On completion of this unit, students should be able to:
Critique of a journal article: 20% (2000 words)
Literature review: 30% (2000 words)
Written assignment: Journal article format -50% (3000-4000words)
Clinical practice assessment: Pass / Fail
Lectures: 4 hours x 4 weeks = 16 hours; Tutorials: 2 hours x 4 weeks = 8 hours;
Clinical: 160 hours; Individual Study: 128 hours
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
Health education and promotion are essential aspects of the role of the professional nurse. This unit explores the principles underpinning health promotion as a strategy to improve health status of nations through a process that empowers individuals, groups and populations. In addition, educative and motivational processes are explored to assist you develop skills that will allow you to be an effective promoter of health. As you work through this unit, you will gain an understanding of these processes and their application in practice.
The aim of this unit is to equip professional nurses with the knowledge, skills and attitudes that will enable them to develop their role as a promoter of health, in the context of their future and current work environments. On completion of this unit and further reading, the student is expected to be able to:
Assignments: 100% (40%
60%)
Reflective clinical log: Pass/Fail
Students must achieve a pass grade for the reflective clinical log in order to successfully complete this unit.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Sonia Allen |
This unit introduces students to the expanded practice role associated with rural/remote nursing and provides an opportunity for students to experience a range of rural health settings including multipurpose services, integrated community health services, bush nursing services and isolated health centres, and work with clinicians from other disciplines. Students will develop clinical skills under the instruction and guidance of clinicians co-opted for unit development and sessional teaching into lectures, tutorials and clinical laboratories.
Educational objectives:
Clinical Objectives:
Assignment: 40%
Poster presentation: 30%
Case study: 30%
Available only to students undertaking Bachelor of Nursing and Rural Health Practice
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Sonia Allen |
This unit addresses the need for rural nurses to be formally prepared for an expanded practice role. Unit content has been selected on the basis of health situations commonly encountered in rural nursing practice and identified in the literature by Australian rural nurses as learning priorities. This unit will develop the students' ability to respond appropriately to medical, obstetric, traumatic, farming and industrial, environmental or psychosocial health crises in the context of rural and remote practice. Students will refine knowledge and skills pertinent to effectively triage, manage, refer, transfer, and where appropriate, resuscitate and stabilise clients.
On completion of this unit students are expected to be able to:
Educational Objectives
Clinical Objectives
Assignment: 30%
Case study: 30%
Examination: 40%
Clinical OSCA's: 20%
Clinical evaluation: Pass/Fail
Available only to students undertaking Bachelor of Nursing and Rural Health Practice
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Julia Morphet |
This unit provides students with the opportunity to encounter a challenging research environment through the interaction of philosophical paradigms and extension of theoretical knowledge and acquisitions of skills to facilitate the undertaking of a research project. The unit will build upon knowledge gained in core undergraduate research units. Students will be allocated a research supervisor to begin formulating research questions and methodology for subsequent study.
At the completion of the unit the student will be expected to:
a. advanced online searching
b. documentation management
c. data collection methods and analysis;, and
Two pieces of assessment -
Seminar - (Power Point presentation to staff and HDR students regarding the proposed piece of research, including preliminary research questions, and how a research methodology can assist to answer them) 40%
Critique of a research method(s) re answering the proposed research questions, includes literature review (publishable standard) (3,550-4000 words) 60%
NUR2001 or NUR1201
Only available to students enrolled in: Bachelor of Nursing, Bachelor of Nursing Practice or Honours degree of Bachelor of Nursing,
NUR2001 or NUR1201
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) Berwick Second semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Julia Morphet |
The unit provides students with the opportunity to develop an appropriate hypothesis or research question and derive an appropriate research design showing regard to the practical problems of conducting research in in nursing or midwifery settings. Ethical issues in research are also considered. Students will develop their own research proposal and seek ethical approval to conduct their study under the supervision of an academic staff member.
At the completion of the unit the student will be expected to:
There are 3 pieces of assessment
Research proposal (4-5000 words) 70%;
Ethics application 20%
Seminar presentation PPT 10%
NUR2001 or NUR1201
Only available to students undertaking Honours degree of Bachelor of Nursing or Honours degree of Bachelor of Midwifery
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) Berwick Second semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Julia Morphet |
The unit provides students with the opportunity to implement the research proposal developed in NUR4402. Students will further develop a literature review, finalise ethical approval for their research, and collect, organise and manage the data for the study. With their research supervisors, students will explore a range of issues that can arise during the research process
generate a critical review of the literature and theoretical frameworks relevant to their field of study;
There are two pieces of assessment
Research report (60%)
Seminar PPT (40%) - demonstrating evidence of data collation, analysis and interpretation
Only available to students undertaking Honours degree of Bachelor of Nursing or Honours degree of Bachelor of Midwifery.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Nursing and Midwifery |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) Berwick Second semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Julia Morphet |
The unit provides students with the opportunity to develop appropriate research knowledge and skills as they, with the assistance of a supervisor, analyse and interpret the data collected in Clinical Honours Thesis III. Following this, the research will be written in the form of a literature review and article suitable for publication, and be presented at a research seminar. The clinical/midwifery practice in this unit will allow the student to exit the program at the level of an advanced novice practitioner.
At the completion of the unit the student will be expected to be able to:
Submission of a portfolio consisting of
a literature review (5000 words) and at least one academic paper suitable for publication (5,000 words)
Or
Dissertation (10,000 words)
Only available to students undertaking Honours degree of Bachelor of Nursing or Honours degree of Bachelor of Midwifery.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Ted Brown |
In this unit students begin to describe the role of an occupational therapist as distinct from other health professionals. Students demonstrate appropriate professional behaviours and apply these to a practice through a fieldwork component. Students develop an awareness of the legal, cultural and ethical issues of practice and begin to understand and articulate some of the challenges faced by clients/consumers of health services. Students demonstrate a beginning competence with some early clinical skills applicable to fieldwork
Upon successful completion of this subject students will be able to:
Theme 1 Personal and Professional Development
Theme 2 Population Society and Health
Theme 4 Applied Practice
1. Students complete a two hour disability experience (e.g., visual impairment, limited mobility) to gain insights into some of the environmental, physical, social, and attitudinal challenges that the clients they work with may experience in their day-to-day lives. Students will complete a 1000 word disability experience reflective assignment - 10%
2. Students will be introduced to the use of writing reflectively through the use of a reflective journal and complete a 1000 word paper. A 500 word reflective journal entry will be completed for each clinical day of fieldwork education completed to record learning in practice - 10%
3. Students will be introduced to some early clinical skills and core concepts of professionalism in the unit. A 2 hour written examination will be used to assess these skills - 50%
4. Students will explore occupational and activity analysis, using both qualitative (occupational story telling) methods and objective methods (observation and activity analysis) for analysing productive occupations. Students in pairs will interview an adult and analyse a meaningful activity they carry out in their home or in their immediate community - 30%
Details of hurdle assessment tasks:
All hurdle assessment tasks are required assessments for successful completion of this unit. If students fail to complete any hurdle requirements they will be asked to undertake further supplementary assessment to meet the hurdle requirement. The hurdle task requirements for this unit are; 1) You are required to attend 80% of tutorials; and 2) Completion of review quizzes in tutorial sessions.
Lecture component: 2 hours per week; Tutorial/Practicum component 2 hours per week; Fieldwork component 2 days; Private Study, 4 hours per week:
Must be enrolled in the Bachelor of Occupational Therapy.
HSC1011
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Lisa Broom |
Students will learn about the principles and mechanisms underlying the relationship between the person, their environment and occupations, and how this relates to human health and wellbeing. The concept of occupation will be described and how people shape and are shaped by their engagement in occupation and their environmental context. Students will engage in experiential exercises to support their learning of concepts, including participation in an inter-professional community-based fieldwork experience.
Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
Group presentation based on findings from inter-professional community-based experience (10 minutes): 10%
Written reflective report from inter-professional community-based experience (600-800 words): 10%
Class presentation (20 minutes): 10%
Assignment (2000 words): 35%
2 hour exam: 35%
Hurdle requirements: attendance at 80% of all tutorials, skills classes and fieldwork placements; participation in inter-professional community-based experience.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Nikos Thomacos |
This unit explores psychological theory and research relevant to the practice of occupational therapy, including psychological perspectives on pain, stress, illness and disability. Grounded in a biopsychosocial model of health and wellbeing, this introductory unit provides students with an overview of the major psychological traditions and approaches e.g. psychodynamic, developmental, cognitive, social psychology, etc., and examines how each provides insight into the challenges and issues experienced by individuals, carers, families and communities. This unit also introduces students to the methods of inquiry and assumptions of theory associated with the science of psychology. The relevance of the discipline of psychology to occupational therapy thinking and practice is emphasised.
On completion of the unit students will be able to:
Hurdle requirement:
Students are required to attend 100% of tutorials. Students must also participate in the class data collection exercise.
Formative assessment:
Feedback during lecture and tutorial participation, as well as following two summative assessments (i.e. assessment tasks 1 and 2).
Summative assessment:
Assessment task 1: 2,000 word essay comparing how a range of psychological traditions differ, and how these different traditions relate to contemporary occupational therapy (30%). (Objectives 1-2).
Assessment task 2: 1,500 word report on a data set collected by students that examines the relationship among personality, behaviour and health and wellbeing (30%). (Objectives 3-6).
Assessment task 3: A two-hour, multiple choice and short answer exam (40%). (Objectives 1-6).
2 hour lecture and 2 hour tutorial per week
80% tutorial attendance
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Ted Brown |
The unit introduces student to the historical origins of the use of occupation as theory and the theory of core elements of occupational therapy intervention. Current theoretical concepts and models underpinning occupational therapy practice will be explored along with the occupational therapy problem solving and clinical reasoning process. Case scenarios will be used throughout and students will learn the problem solving strategies that will support their learning in occupational therapy intervention units elsewhere in the course.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Theme 1 Personal and Professional Development
Theme 2 Population, Society and Health
Theme 3 Fundamental knowledge for the Health Sciences
Theme 4 Applied Practice
Theme 5 Research
Formative assessment tasks:
1. You are required to attend 100% of tutorials
2. Completion of review quizzes in tutorial sessions
Summative assessment tasks:
3. Write-up of play/leisure interest profile findings: 1000 words - 10%
4. Critique of an occupational therapy assessment: 1000-1500 words - 20%
5. One class presentation for peer and tutor feedback: 30 minute group presentation - 10%
6. One 10 minute in class presentation for peer and tutor feedback: 10 minutes - 10%
7. One x 2 hour written examination: 2 hours - 50%
Available only to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Occupational Therapy
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Nikos Thomacos |
Development across the lifespan examines how individuals change and develop as they age - from infancy to old age. This unit explores the psychological and occupational processes inherent in development, and in doing so examines the progressive cognitive, emotional, behavioural, psychosocial and occupational changes that occur with age. A broad range of topics are covered by this unit, including: attachment, motor skill and other psycho-physiological developmental processes, problem solving, language acquisition, moral understanding and abstract thought, identify development and formation, and the nature and course of both intimate and diffuse relationships.
On completion of the unit students will be able to:
Hurdle requirement:
Students are required to attend 100% of tutorials. Students must also participate in the class data collection exercise.
Formative assessment:
Feedback during lecture and tutorial participation, as well as following the three summative assessments.
Summative assessment:
Assessment task 1: 1,500 word essay on the relationship between development, and functioning at specific life stages (20%). (Objectives 1-3, 5-7).
Assessment task 2: 1,000 word report from observation of a child (20%) (Objective 4).
Assessment task 3: 1,500 word report on a data set that examines the relationship between age and psychosocial functioning and wellbeing (30%). (Objectives 5-7).
Assessment task 4: A one-hour multiple choice and short answer exam (30%). (Objectives 1-8).
2 hour lecture and 2 hour tutorial per week
80% tutorial attendance
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Linda Barclay & Ms Carolynne White |
This unit uses an integrated scenario/case-based learning approach. The unit has a 10 week academic block followed by a 3 week fieldwork (clinical) block to apply theory into practice. Students are introduced to the mechanisms and consequences of problems related to mental, sensory, cardiovascular, respiratory, neurological and biomechanical capacities of humans, across the lifespan, that underpin occupational engagement and occupational performance. Students will integrate this knowledge into occupational therapy and related theories and models of practice. Students will be required to develop clinical questions, and acquire knowledge and skills from the process of describing and evaluating occupational performance, and critiquing assessment tools for evaluating occupational engagement and occupational performance. Students will explore different contexts in which participation in occupation takes place.
Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
Theme 1: Personal and Professional Development
Theme 2: Population, Society and Health
Theme 3: Fundamental Knowledge for the Health Sciences
Theme 4: Applied Practice
Theme 5: Research
One x 1500 word review of 2 clinical assessment tools (10%)
One x 1 hour Anatomy Flag race (10%)
One x 1.5 hour exam (10%)
One x 2 hour exam (15%)
One clinical workbook 3000 words (20%)
One x 1000 word case-based occupational analysis (10%)
One x 1.5 hour written/oral exam (15%)
One x 10 minute practice skill test (5%)
Presentation of two case scenarios for peer and tutor feedback (5%)
Successful completion of a 12 day fieldwork placement
One 1,000 word reflective journal
Two self evaluations of group participation.
Attendance at 80% of scenario based tutorials
Note: all assessment items are hurdle requirements.
Available only to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Occupational Therapy
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Linda Barclay |
This is the first unit of the occupational therapy intervention units. It comprises integrated case based learning with some time spent in facilities to consolidate application of knowledge into practice. Students will begin to describe, apply and critique the principles of assessment and intervention for clients with problems related to capacities to engage in activities, occupations, and participation in community life. Intervention principles will also incorporate environmental supports and barriers (advocacy, organisational change, environmental adaptation), and evidence-based practice.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Theme 1 Personal and Professional Development
Theme 2 Population, Society and Health
Theme 3 Fundamental Knowledge for the Health Sciences
Theme 4 Applied Practice
1. Critically evaluate splint: 5%
2. Technical drawing of home environment: 12.5%
3. Assignment (1500 words): 10%
4. Short answer examination (1 hour x 2): 40%
5. Written exam (1 hour) and oral exam (30 minutes): 30%
6. Discussion of two peers in oral examination: 2.5%
Hurdle requirements: Attendance at 100% of scenario-based tutorials, practical skills classes (including attendance at two group reflection sessions), seminaros, and fieldwork placement hours, manufacture splints as directed, two self evaluations of group participation, group evaluation of completion of each case and satisfactory completion of clinical placement as assessed through the Student Placement Evaluation Form - Revised (SPEF-R). Students are also required to submit a time sheet documenting their clinical placement hours and a completed Student Review of Placement form. Students who fail the fieldwork component of the unit will be required to repeat the unit. A maximum of one repeat placement will be provided.
Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Occupational Therapy.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Monash Passport category | Research Challenge (Investigate Program) |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ted Brown, Dr Primrose Lentin |
This unit provides an overview of the skills necessary to critique and evaluate the usefulness and quality of research evidence. Components of evidence-based practice will be introduced related to occupational therapy. You will be guided through the process of how to ask clinically relevant questions, search for evidence, and critically appraise published research. The Monash Occupational Therapy Research Evidence Critique Form (MOTRECF) for both quantitative and qualitative studies will be used to evaluate the relevant evidence. The process used to complete a critically appraised paper (CAP) will also be introduced. This will provide the foundation for you to integrate clinically relevant evidence into your daily professional practice as well as providing you with the skills required for analysing the issues dealt with in the scenario-based learning context used in OCC2020 and OCC3030.
Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
Theme 5: Research
1. Attendance at 100% of tutorials, practical skills sessions, and seminars - Hurdle
2. Complete a data base search strategy for one research question using a variety of data bases - 10%
3. Critically appraise components of articles that uses a quantitative research methodology using the MOTRECF format - Hurdle
4. Critically appraise components of articles that uses a qualitative research methodology using the MOTRECF format - Hurdle
5. Complete one x 1,200 word critically appraised paper (CAP) using the MOTRECF format: quantitative research - 25%
6. Complete one x 1,200 word critically appraised paper (CAP) using the MOTRECF format: qualitative research - 25%
7. Complete 50 MCQ test covering contents of Weeks 1, 2, 3, & 4 - 20%
8. Complete short answer test one hour in length covering unit contents from Weeks 6, 7, 8, & 9 - 20%
9. Completion of review test questions in tutorial sessions & on-line - Hurdle
Available to students enrolled in Bachelor of Occupational Therapy only
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Louise Farnworth |
This is the second unit of the occupational therapy intervention units. It comprises 10 weeks of integrated scenario-based learning followed by a 5-week clinical fieldwork placement to consolidate application of knowledge into practice. In this unit, students further describe, apply and critique the principles of assessment and intervention for individual and groups of clients who are restricted in their ability to engage activities, occupations, and participation in community life. Intervention principles will also incorporate environmental supports and barriers (advocacy, organisational change, environmental adaptation) and evidence-based practice.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Completion of five MOTRE CF critical reviews for participation in class discussion 15%, presentation of one MOTRE CF critical review for presentation and evaluation 10%, one two hour exam 40%, oral examination including one hour written exam and 20 minute oral 30%, discussant of two peer presentations in oral examination 5%
Hurdle requirements: attendance and participation in classes and visits and fieldwork placement honours, two self evaluations of group presentation, group evaluation of completion of each case and satisfactory completion of signed time sheet from fieldwork placement, satisfactory completion of fieldwork placement as assessed through the Student Placement Evaluation Form (SPEF).
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Monash Passport category | Research Challenge (Investigate Program) |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ted Brown |
This unit gives students an advanced overview of the skills necessary to critique and evaluate research evidence. Students will be introduced to the methodology related to conducting survey questionnaire based research (quantitative research methodology) and focus group and semi-structured interviews (qualitative methodology). This will provide the foundation to integrate clinically relevant evidence into daily professional practice as well as skills to be able answer clinical questions. Components of evidence-based practice in occupational therapy will be introduced and practiced. Students will also be introduced to methods of presenting evidence, generating research questions, selecting appropriate quantitative and qualitative research designs, completing data analysis and interpreting data analysis results. Specifically, students will learn the fundamentals of conducting survey questionnaire based research from quantitative perspective and qualitative research using focus group and semi-structured interview methods. This knowledge will enable students to be evidence-based practitioners
On completion of this unit, you will be able to
1. Attend 80% of all tutorials and practical skills classes (workshops) - Hurdle
2. Develop survey questionnaire / scale - Hurdle
3. Gather data using survey questionnaire / scale and analyse it using SPSS - Hurdle
4. Complete 2000 word report (4,000 words if completed in pairs; 5,000 words if completed in three-person group) documenting survey questionnaire development process, data analysis results, discussion and critical reflection - 30%
5. Complete MCQ & short answer exam one hour in length covering unit content from Weeks 1 to 4 (Mid-term exam) - 20%
6. Develop focus group or semi-structured interview question schedule - Hurdle
7. Gather data using focus group or semi-structured interview - Hurdle
8. Complete 2000 word report (4,000 words if completed in pairs; 5,000 words if completed in three-person group) documenting focus group or semi-structured interview questionnaire development, data analysis results, discussion and critical reflection - 30%
9. Complete MCQ & short answer exam one hour in length covering unit content from Weeks 6-9 (Final exam) - 20%
10. Completion of review test questions in tutorial sessions & on-line - Hurdle
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Nikos Thomacos and Suzanna Wakefield |
In this unit, students begin to shift their view beyond the occupational challenges facing individuals, to consider the ways in which the occupations, health and wellbeing of communities/populations may be impacted by social, political and organisational factors. Students apply the principles of individual occupational challenges to case based scenarios in which advanced clinical reasoning and intervention skills are required for people experiencing complex health and social problems. The cases chosen highlight the multiple approaches to occupational intervention, both individual/clinical and community/prevention.
On completion of this unit the student will be expected to be able to:
1. Oral and written exam (2 hours): 45%
2. Population health assignment (3000 words): 30%
3. Contemporary practice presentation (15 minutes): 10%
4. Presentation (20 minutes): 15%
5. 100% attendance at all scenario-based tutorials, practical skills sessions, and seminars
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Monash Passport category | Industry Linkage (Act Program) |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Lisa Knightbridge |
Drawing from theoretical material in OCC3052 Enabling Occupation II, students will work in collaboration with an agency to address a specific need while completing this participatory practice placement.
Students will choose a project. They will then commence contact with their agency, and begin the first phase of project management, which involves collaborating with agency members to "scope" an organisationally useful, and occupationally relevant project or program.
Students will function as project managers and will be required to liaise with a variety of stakeholders and to develop a project proposal that meets the needs and aims of the agency.
1. Preliminary project proposal (2000 words): 20%
2. Project proposal (5000 words): 60%
3. Project presentation (30 minutes): 20%
Hurdle requirements:
1. Successful completion of 22 day fieldwork placement
2. 100% attendance at the placement and on-campus tutorial sessions including meetings with supervisors
3. Submission of fortnightly project reports.
OCC3052. Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Occupational Therapy.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Primrose Lentin |
The Bachelor of Occupational Therapy (Honours) program has been designed to enable students to effectively integrate research knowledge and skill with occupational therapy practice knowledge and skill. The program incorporates advanced education in qualitative and quantitative research methodologies through the development and completion of a research project. The research project undertaken will require students to formulate a research aim and/or question/s, complete a literature review, design an appropriate methodology to answer the research question/s, complete an ethics application, and gather and analyse the required data, discuss the results in relation to pertinent literature and professional practice, and develop conclusions and recommendations. The Honours program has been structured to enable students to understand research in the context of the issues of interest of concern in a specific organisation or service area. They will also develop an understanding of how the research project applies to the wider community. Hence each occupational therapy Honours project has a 'host' organisation which has a fieldwork responsibility. The student works in collaboration with the host organisation, the Monash university academic supervisor/s and other stakeholders.
In OCC3072 students will spend up to two days per week in the organisation to develop the research proposal as well as engage in fieldwork activities. In OCC4091, students will spend a further up to two days per week in the organisation where the research proposal developed in OCC3072 will be implemented.
Presentation of research proposal (20 minute presentation), Completion of research proposal (5000 words) and draft research ethics application and critique (3000 words): 100%
Hurdle requirements: successful completion of 22 day fieldwork placement; 100% attendance at the placement; 100% attendance at weekly honours seminars; submission of fortnightly project reports.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Monash Passport category | Industry Linkage (Act Program) |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Lisa Knightbridge |
Students will develop skills in project implementation and work within a community partnership model to address a community/population health based issue for the collaborating agency. The student will apply and further develop the knowledge, skills and expertise necessary for them to implement, evaluate and report on a community orientated project. It is expected that the student will act as the project manager whilst also communicating, negotiating and collaborating with agency staff and other relevant stakeholders.
On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
1. One midway project progress report to agency stakeholders (1500 words): 20%
2. Oral presentation of midway project report: 20%
3. One project report detailing process, findings and recommendations (5000 words):60%
4. Hurdle requirements: Attendance at 100% of tutorials, supervisory meetings and fieldwork placement hours; satisfactory completion of placement as assessed through the Student Placement Evaluation Form - Revised (SPEF-R); completion of reflective journal; presentation of amended project report to agency.All hurdle requirements must be completed to pass this subject. Students who fail to meet a hurdle requirement will be offered supplementary learning activity. Students who fail the fieldwork component of the unit will be required to repeat the unit. A maximum of one repeat placement will be provided.
Fieldwork project placement in external agencies for 11 weeks, equivalent to 15 hours/week; 6-8 hours/week of private study plus a total of 15 hours of on-campus workshops and 6 hours of on-campus supervisory meetings
Available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Occupational Therapy
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Helen Bourke-Taylor |
Students will refine knowledge and skills in professional self management appropriate for practice as entry level occupational therapists. They will identify and document their learning needs for their final fieldwork placement and develop the ability to set objectives for personal practice development. Strategies for identifying and meeting individual professional development needs, the legal and ethical requirements for professional competency at graduate level, the role of the Accredited Occupational Therapist program and other systems of credentialing will be critiqued. The unit also includes content on recruitment and selection processes.
On completion of this unit students will be able to:
Learning contract (200 words): 40%
Critical analysis (2500 words): 45%+ Peer evaluation of critical analysis (750 words): 15%
Attendance at 80% of seminars, participation in mock interview, interview with placement supervisor, peer evaluation of written task.
12 hours of study per week consisting of 2 hours of lectures and 4 hours of seminar sessions on campus. An additional 6 hours of private study will be required to complete learning tasks, undertake research and to complete assessment tasks.
Available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Occupational Therapy
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Pamela Kirke |
The unit comprises 10 weeks of fieldwork placement followed by on campus debriefing tutorials. The unit provides students with the opportunity to develop, integrate and enhance their practice skills to reach an entry level of competence in occupational therapy prior to graduation. By the end of the fieldwork placement students will be managing a caseload of clients independently. A learning contract developed in OCC4081 will be used to guide fieldwork learning. A portfolio assessment will be used to encourage reflection, a self-directed approach to learning and to provide a record of professional competencies as these are developing.
Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
1. Satisfactory completion of fieldwork placement as assessed through the Student Placement Evaluation Form - Revised (SPEF-R) (ungraded). Students who fail the fieldwork component of the unit will be required to repeat the unit. A maximum of one repeat placement will be provided.
2. 45 minute Oral Portfolio assessment: 50%
3. Written portfolio assessment: 50%
4. 100% attendance at tutorials. All hurdle requirements must be completed to pass this subject. Students who fail to meet a hurdle requirement will be offered alternative learning activity. Students who fail the fieldwork component of the unit will be required to repeat the unit. A maximum of one repeat placement will be provided.
Available only to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Occupational Therapy.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Primrose Lentin |
For OCC4091, students will continue to spend up to two days per week in the organisation or service area where the research proposal developed in OCC3072 will be implemented. This will involve students undertaking a research project, collecting data, analysing data, writing up results and contextualising the results in relation to pertinent literature and the professional practice context. This will provide the context for students to apply and consolidate advanced research methodology. Students will also continue fieldwork activities during this time.
On completion of this unit, students will be expected to be able to:
Research thesis (10000 to 12000 words for quantitative studies and up to 15,000 words for qualitative): 100%
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Lisa O'Brien |
Students consider their own role within human service organizations and apply and critique contemporary practice knowledge in leadership and management, supervision and mentoring, organizational behaviour, change management, organizational governance and service quality, professional development, and complex, program based multidisciplinary teams. The Unit will conclude with a conference that includes presentations of research and project work from students in Health Science Peninsula programs. Students will complete a range of on-line tasks while completing their fieldwork placement in the unit OCC4082 Advanced Professional Practice
Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
1. Completion of 3000 word equivalent on-line discussion group tasks (30%)
2. 3000 word critical review (30%)
3. 2000 word case study (20%)
4. 250 word conference abstract (5%)
5. 20 minute conference presentation (15%).
6. Hurdle requirement: 100% attendance at all tutorials, practical skills sessions, and seminars
Students are on fieldwork for 10 weeks (they start on O week - the 18th July) with on-line tasks threaded through from week 1. After the mid semester break, they are back on campus from week 10, with their final assessment task being a conference presentation in week 12.
Must have passed OCC3062 or OCC3072 AND Must have passed OCC4071 or OCC4091 AND Must have passed OCC4081
Available only to Bachelor of Occupational Therapy students
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (On-campus block of classes) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Lisa O'Brien |
This unit will take a problem solving/ clinical reasoning approach to the management of upper limb injuries encompassing the acute and recovery phases as well as chronic conditions. It will build on existing knowledge of human structure and function and introduce concepts of tissue injury and repair to enable students to identify appropriate therapeutic strategies, depending on the person's stage in recovery from injury. Students should be able to identify the anatomical structures of the upper limb, and describe their specific functions. These will include bones, articular surfaces, joints, muscles, and nerves. Students will have the opportunity to develop skills in the fabrication of thermoplastic splints appropriate to complex clinical scenarios including tendon repair, arthritis, peripheral nerve trauma/repair, tenosynovitis, and fractures. Students will also attend an acute hand therapy clinic on 2 occasions to observe a client's recovery post surgery.
At the completion of this unit, students will:
Assessment includes 80% attendance requirements, attendance at an acute hand therapy clinic, a 20 minute presentation at a seminar, submission and critique of all splints made, as well as one 1000 word and one 2000 word essay.
40 hrs attendance in lectures/practicums (block mode), 4 hrs clinic attendance (over 2 separate occasions), 16 hrs seminar attendance (including a 20 minute presentation), 2 written assignments (1000 and 2000 words), 60 hours of private study
Completion of a first year of an undergraduate programme
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Rachael McDonald |
Assistive technology promotes greater independence for people with disabilities by enabling them to perform tasks that they otherwise would have great difficulty or not be able to accomplish. This unit will involve problem solving and clinical reasoning to help the students to develop into competent assistive technology professionals and providers. The course will consist of information relating to social and political aspects of people with disability and technology. The areas of Seating and Positioning, Mobility, Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC), Daily Living Technologies and Assistive Technology Access will be studied in detail. Students will choose one area for their first assignment, and will attend 2 separate clinics each of 4 hours duration to observe clinical practice.
At the completion of this course, students will:
Assessment includes 80% attendance requirements, a 20 minute presentation at a seminar, one 1000 word and one 3000 word essay as well as a one hour written content examination.
40 hours attendance in lectures/practica (block mode), 4 hrs clinic attendance (over 2 separate occasions), 16 hrs seminar attendance.
Completion of first year of an undergraduate programme.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ted Brown |
This unit will provide an exploration of the issues related to the assessment of children (ethical, legal, professional, educational, clinical). The unit will start by introducing the reasons, uses, and purposes of assessment. Specific methods (e.g., observation, objective performance, parent-report) related to the assessment of children will be reviewed. Particular attention will be paid to issues related to family-centred practice and assessing children in naturalistic environments. Different contexts (e.g., clinic, community, school, home) where assessment is completed, issues related to the assessment of children at different age levels / developmental levels and the evaluation of children with special needs will be discussed. Ethical, policy and legal issues related to the assessment of children will be presented and critiqued. Specific types of assessment tools, scales, and instruments appropriate for use with children will be presented and reviewed. This will provide a broad base of knowledge and skills for occupational therapy students wishing to work with children and families in clinical, educational, home, and community settings.
At the completion of this unit, students will:
80% attendance requirements;
One seminar presentation 15 minutes in length worth 10%;
1000 word critique of an instrument, tool or scale worth 30%;
Participation during class and tutorial group discussions worth 10%;
3000 word essay dealing with a legal, ethical, measurement, policy or related issue worth 50%
Four hours per week contact time (lectures and tutorials) and 8 hours per week private study (reading, literature review, practicing skills, assignments, and other self-directed learning activities).
Completion of first year of an undergraduate programme
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Helen Bourke-Taylor |
This course is about occupational therapy for young children with neurodevelopmental disabilities and their families. Etiology and epidemiology of conditions will be reviewed. The impact of accommodating the significant needs of a child with a disability in a family will be described and the impact on family member's and occupational therapy service delivery will be explored in depth. Students will learn about occupational therapy methods using the International Classification of Functioning and Disability (ICF) and family centred practice. Learning will be experienced in the online classroom environment and students will examine several case studies in detail.
Assessment includes attendance requirements, a 30 minute presentation at a seminar (20% of mark) and submission of a 1,000 word summary (10% of mark), and active participation in online discussion boards, research reviews and proposals and short quizzes (3,500 words total over 8 weeks), contributing to the final grade (70%).
3 per week
80 percent
Complete first year of occupational therapy degree
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Occupational Therapy |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Helen Bourke-Taylor |
This unit covers occupational therapy for students with neurodevelopmental disabilities. The impact that disability can have on the child's body structure and function (motor, sensory, perceptual, behavioural); capabilities in daily occupations and activities related to school and other life contexts will be covered. Environmental influences that impact the child (culture, institutional and attitudinal barriers) will be explored. Interventions will emphasize a skill building, strengths based approach. Current intervention methods will be presented including family centred functional therapy; goal directed therapy; conductive education and techniques that recognize environmental interventions that promote the student's inclusion within family, educational and community environments.
Assessment includes attendance requirements, a 30 minute presentation at a seminar (20% of mark) and submission of a 1,000 word summary (10% of mark), and active participation in online discussion boards, research reviews and proposals and short quizzes (3,500 words total over 8 weeks), contributing to the final grade (70%).
3 per week
80 percent
Complete first year occupational therapy degree
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Evening) Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Sunway First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Russell Conduit |
Introduction to the discipline of psychology as a behavioural science. Topics include personality, the biological bases of behaviour, sensation and perception, an introduction to theories of learning and development, plus an introduction to the historical origins of the discipline. Laboratory classes enhance students' understanding of the lecture material and provide training in research techniques. Compulsory attendance at weekend schools is required for all off campus students.
5 x lecture topic quizzes: 10%
7 x class participation assignments: 10%
2 x critical thinking exercises: 15% each
Examination (2 hours): 50%
One 2-hour lecture per week, plus 8 x 1-hour laboratory classes.
Compulsory attendance at a weekend school (up to 2-days) is required for all off-campus students.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Evening) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day) Sunway October intake 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Sean Cain |
Psychology is a scientific discipline which spans a diverse range of areas. This unit introduces you to a small selection of areas, including:
You will also examine how psychologists acquire further knowledge and test their understanding of the way in which individuals think, feel, and behave. This will involve an introduction to research methodology (e.g., research design, descriptive statistics, and inferential statistics).
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Class participation assignments/research participation: 15%
Online quizzes: 15%
Short assignment(s): 20%
Examination (2 hours): 50%
Online preparatory videos: 1 hour per week
Attendance at lectorials: 1 x 2-hour weekly
'Lectorials' are classes that replace traditional lectures and tutorials. These interactive classes provide students with an opportunity to apply and explore concepts in an active, engaging manner, whilst at the same time developing practical skills in effective communication, critical thinking, and problem solving.
Attendance at lectorials is required in order to complete class participation assessment.
Online preparatory videos: 1 hour per week
Participation in (live) online lectorials: 1 x 2-hour weekly
Online lectorials are live (i.e., real-time), web-based classes run by teaching staff that replace traditional lectures and tutorials. These interactive classes provide students with an opportunity to apply and explore concepts in an active, engaging manner, whilst at the same time developing practical skills in effective communication, critical thinking, and problem solving.
Participation in online lectorials is required in order to complete class participation assessment. It is common practice, where possible, to schedule at least two participation options for off-campus students in each core unit of psychology.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Sunway First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Joanne Fielding |
Continuation of first-year psychology topics: developmental psychology and biological psychology. Developmental psychology encompasses physical, cognitive, and social-emotional changes across the life span and how these are shaped by macrosystems such as culture, and microsystems such as peers and the family. Biological psychology includes states of consciousness, mental disorders and addiction, mechanisms and disorders of learning and memory, and the regulation of emotional and motivated states. The laboratory program complements the lectures, and provides further training in research techniques, report writing, oral presentations and teamwork.
On completion of this unit, students will have:
Examination (2 hours, multiple-choice): 45%
Biological lab report: 25%
On-line assessments: 20%
Lab attendance assessment tasks: 10%
The School strongly recommends attendance at lectures however, they are optional. Laboratory classes are compulsory in order to complete the assessment associated with attendance.
WESch classes are compulsory in order to complete the assessment associated with attendance. Please refer to the specific unit requirements for more detail. It is common practice, where possible, to timetable at least two WESsch options in each core unit. Sessions may be held at Clayton or Caulfield campuses.
Attendance at 1 day weekend school is highly recommended for all off-campus students.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Lenore Manderson |
Continuation of first year psychology topics: cognitive psychology, and social psychology. Cognitive psychology includes contemporary research techniques, cognitive architecture, attentional processes, pattern recognition, mental imagery, language and higher-order thinking. Social psychology focuses on social schemas, social attribution, theories of attitude change, group psychology, aggression, interpersonal attraction and affiliation, and sex roles. The laboratory program complements the lecture series, and provides further training in research techniques, report writing, oral presentations and teamwork.
This unit consists of two six-week blocks covering cognitive and social psychology. On completion of this unit, students will have:
Examination (2 hours, multiple-choice): 50%
Two laboratory assignments: 30%
Class participation assessments: 10%
Online lecture topic quizzes: 10%
One 2-hour lecture per week, plus one 2-hour laboratory per fortnight. The School strongly recommends attendance at lectures however, they are optional. Laboratory classes are compulsory in order to complete the assessment associated with attendance.
One day Weekend School classes are compulsory in order to complete the assessment associated with attendance. Please refer to the specific unit requirements for more detail. It is common practice, where possible, to timetable at least two Weekend School options in each core unit. Sessions may be held at Clayton or Caulfield campuses.
SCY2400
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Sunway First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Greg Yelland |
This unit covers at a more advanced level topics in research design and analysis presented in first-year psychology. The topics comprise experimental design and applied methodology. Experimental design and analysis includes hypothesis testing, t-tests, analysis of variance, and post-hoc tests. Applied methodology includes correlation, chi-square, non-parametric tests and observational, archival and single subject designs. The laboratory program complements the lecture series, and provides further training in research techniques, analysis, oral presentations and teamwork. Attendance at weekend schools is highly recommended for all off-campus students.
On completion of this unit, students will have:
Examination (3 hours, multiple-choice): 50%
Online lecture quizzes: 10%
Two assignments (15% each): 30%
Class participation assessments (CPA's): 10%
The School strongly recommends attendance at lectures however, they are optional. Laboratory classes are compulsory in order to complete the assessment associated with attendance.
WESch classes are compulsory in order to complete the assessment associated with attendance. Please refer to the specific unit requirements for more detail. It is common practice, where possible, to timetable at least two WESsch options in each core unit. Sessions may be held at Clayton or Caulfield campuses.
Attendance at a 2-day weekend school is required highly recommended for all off-campus students.
STA11, GSC1601, COG1112 and SCY2185
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Tam Cai Lianand Mr Mzamo Ntantiso (South Africa) |
The central theme of this unit is applied psychology focused at the individual, group and organisational levels. At the individual level the use of vocational assessment inventories to determine career choice and selection will be examined. Theories of leadership, power, motivation, job satisfaction, morale and the processes involved in training personnel will be examined at the group level. At the organisational level topics include systems theory, organisational culture, conflict and change. Compulsory attendance at weekend schools is required for all off-campus students.
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
Class participation assignments (10%)
Administration and interpretation of a vocational assessment inventory (VPI) (20%)
'Key OB Concepts' PowerPoint report (20%)
Exam (2 hours) (50%)
One 1-hour lecture per week, plus seven 2-hour workshops in the semester.
Completion of 48 points of any degree
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) South Africa Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Clare Anderson |
This unit covers all important aspects of abnormal behaviour: historical influences, theory, assessment, specific psychopathologies, treatment methods, and legal issues. Both the scientific and professional aspects of abnormal psychology are presented. Efforts will be made to give students the broadest possible view of abnormal behaviour by studying different theoretical perspectives.
On the completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Research report (2000 words): 25%
Class participation Assessment: 10%
Examination: 55%
Online quizzes: 10%
The School strongly recommends attendance at lectures however, they are optional. Attendance at Laboratory classes, and Research and Application Lectures, is required in order to complete the assessment associated with attendance.
Attendance at Weekend School classes is required in order to complete the assessment associated with attendance. Please refer to the specific unit requirements for more detail. It is common practice, where possible, to timetable at least two Weekend School options in each core unit. Sessions may be held at Clayton or Caulfield campuses.
PSY2011 or PSY2031
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Sunway First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Off-campus) South Africa First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Greg Yelland |
This unit introduces the principles and processes of test development and concepts of test reliability and validity. Some widely used standardised psychology tests will be described. The unit also covers theories of ability and how our thinking about human abilities is influenced by our cultural framework. Other major themes include methods for establishing the relative influence of heredity and environment on human intelligence, causes of intellectual disability, and intervention programs for disadvantaged and disabled children. A basic knowledge of the ethical, legal and professional responsibilities of psychologists will be provided. Attendance at weekend school is highly recommended for off-campus students.
On completion of this unit students will
Laboratory report (2000 words): 3525%
Ethics report (1500 word): 15%
Class Participation Activities: 10%
Exam (3 hours): 50%
The School strongly recommends attendance at lectures however, they are optional. Laboratory classes are compulsory in order to complete the assessment associated with attendance.
WESch classes are compulsory in order to complete the assessment associated with attendance. Please refer to the specific unit requirements for more detail. It is common practice, where possible, to timetable at least two WESsch options in each core unit. Sessions may be held at Clayton or Caulfield campuses.
PSY2051 (or PSY2011 and PSY2022)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Sunway First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula First semester 2013 (Off-campus) South Africa First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Matt Mundy |
The first half of this unit covers sensory processes involved in vision, audition and speech perception. Coding mechanisms common to different modalities are emphasised to help students understand general mechanisms of sensory coding and perceptual processing. The second half covers the following personality theories: psychoanalytic theories of Freud and Jung, phenomenological theories of Kelly and Rogers, three factor theory of Eysenck, five factor model of Costa and McCrae and social cognitive theories of Bandura and Mischel. The development, comparison, application and critical evaluation of these theories are emphasised. Compulsory weekend school for off-campus students.
On the completion of this unit students will
Two 2000-word research reports (20% each): 40%E
Exam (3 hours): 50%
Class participation assessments (CPAs): 10%
The School strongly recommends attendance at lectures however, they are optional. Laboratory classes are compulsory in order to complete the assessment associated with attendance.
WESch classes are compulsory in order to complete the assessment associated with attendance. Please refer to the specific unit requirements for more detail. It is common practice, where possible, to timetable at least two WESsch options in each core unit. Sessions may be held at Clayton or Caulfield campuses.
PSY2031 (or PSY2011)
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Monash Passport category | Research Challenge (Investigate Program) |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) South Africa Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Nikki Rickard |
In this unit, students will continue their training in research via three components. First, research design and analysis topics presented in first and second year will be explored at a more advanced theoretical level. The major focus of this component will be analysis of variance and multiple regression. Second, students will develop experience performing statistical analyses using a statistical software package. Finally, students will continue their training in research design and analysis by undertaking a group-based research project under the supervision of a member of staff
On completion of this unit students will:
and
Research project poster: 25%
Examination: 50%
On-line exercises and attendance assessments: 25%
Lectures: 1 x 2-hour weekly
On-line tutorials: 1 x 2-hour tutorial per week
The School strongly recommends attendance at lectures however, they are optional. Laboratory classes are compulsory in order to complete the assessment associated with attendance.
WESch classes are compulsory in order to complete the assessment associated with attendance. Please refer to the specific unit requirements for more detail. It is common practice, where possible, to timetable at least two WESsch options in each core unit. Sessions may be held at Clayton or Caulfield campuses.
Attendance at 1 day weekend school is highly recommended for all off-campus students.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
Central theme: introduction to counselling theory, interventions and research. Themes to be covered include theories of counselling, evaluation of counselling, research designs and interventions, ethical decision making in counselling psychology. Compulsory attendance at weekend schools is required for all off-campus students.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Examination (2 hours): 50%
Laboratory report (2000 words): 25%
Essay (2000 words): 25%
One 1-hour lecture per week and eight 2-hour labs over the semester
Compulsory attendance at a 1-day weekend school is recommended for all off-campus students.
12 credit points of Level 2 Psychology
APY3070
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
This unit will examine the range of psychological factors influencing people's health behaviour, their susceptibility and reactions to illness states and responses to medical treatment. Health psychology encompasses the application of psychological theories to the study of the maintenance and promotion of health, the prevention of illness and the dysfunction and the rehabilitation of those already disabled. This unit is designed to equip students with the knowledge and skills needed to evaluate the effects of psychological variables on health and illness behaviour, the prevention of illness and adjustment to illness and dysfunction. Compulsory weekend school for off-campus students.
On completion of this unit students should be able to:
Examination (2 hours): 50%
Report (2000 words): 30%
Literature review (1,500 words): 20%
Compulsory attendance at a 1-day weekend school is recommended for all off-campus students
Compulsory attendance at weekend schools is recommended for all off-campus students
PSY2031 (or PSY2011 & PSY2022)
APY3080
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
This unit presents contemporary theories and methods in social psychology. A social cognitive perspective is used to examine issues such as evolutionary social psychology, self-concepts, attitudes, counterfactual thinking, self-deception and group behaviour. Particular emphasis is placed upon the application of social psychological theories to issues such as psychological health, social problems such as racism, political processes, advertising and health promotion.
On the completion of this unit students will:
Multiple choice exam (2 hours): 60%
Critical appraisal of current theoretical and research literature (2000 words): 40%
Two 1-hour lectures per week and one 2-hour tutorial per fortnight
PSY2022 or PSY2042
PSY3151
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Nellie Georgiou-Karistianis |
This unit aims to familiarize students with the assumptions and principles upon which the hypotheses about brain-behaviour relationships are based in the discipline of neuropsychology. A considerable emphasis is also placed on providing a thorough understanding of underlying brain pathology in a range of neurodevelopmental (eg autism and Tourette's syndrome) and neurodegenerative disorders (eg Parkinson's and Alzheimer's diseases), as well as their neuropsychological consequences. Both developmental and neurodegenerative disorders will be covered in terms of their prevalence, neuropsychological manifestations, neuropathology, as well as assessment techniques and potential interventions
Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have:
End-of-semester examination: 50%
Group 'case study' presentation: 20%
Quizzes (on presentation topics): 15%
1,500 word case study essay: 15%
PSY3182
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Penelope Hasking |
The unit gives students an overview of issues related to addictive behaviours. While the primary emphasis is on substance use, behavioural addictions such as gambling are also addressed. Students are introduced to problems in defining addiction and will be introduced to a range of theories which attempt to explain addictive behaviours. Issues relating to treatment of addictive behaviours will be introduced including prevention of addictive behaviours, assessment and various treatment options available. Students will be introduced to drug policy options in Australia and around the world.
On completion of this unit, students will have the ability to:
Literature review plan and summary (500 words): 10%
Critical literature review (2,500 - 3,000 words): 40%
Examination: 50%
1 x 2-hour lecture each week, and 1 hour tutorial every second week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor James Ogloff |
This unit focuses on ways in which the fields of psychology and law interact, in particular the application of scientific and professional aspects of psychology to issues concerning the law and legal systems. Topics to be covered include theories of criminal behaviour, assessment of fitness for trial, criminal responsibility, treatment of mentally ill offenders and forensic patients, violence and risk assessment, confidentiality, eyewitness testimony, jury decision making, psychological assessment of injured persons, involuntary commitment and expert witness testimony. Students will also undertake in-depth research of a specific subject matter relevant to the field of psychology and law
a. the application of psychological principles and research methods to the legal system, legal process and policy;
b. ways in which psychologists may be involved in the legal system; and
c. principles of law which are relevant to the field of psychology, in particular the notions of mental impairment and criminal responsibility.
3,000 word report: 30%
Research presentation:10%
Examination: 60%
Two x 1 hour lectures and one two hour tutorial each week. For each week during the semester, students will be expected to complete the equivalent of 2 hours preparation for each lecture, 2 hours preparation for each tutorial and 2 hours of research work/independent study (total = 12 hours study).
PSL3072, PSY3142
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Nikki Rickard |
Music psychology is the empirical study of how humans perceive and experience music, and the resulting impact on individual, group and cultural behaviour. This unit will encompass an introductory exploration of music psychology across the lifespan. Selected researchers within the field, including music therapists, behavioural neuroscientists, neuropsychologists, and experimental psychologists will outline contemporary research findings relating to the influence and processing of music from the womb and childhood, through adulthood.
On completion of this subject, students should be able to:
Weekly web-based quizzes (20%); Group Assignment (40%); End-of-year Examination (40%).
One 2-hour seminar (on-campus or audio-recorded), 2 hours of online tutorial activity per week and up to 8 hours private study (e.g., prescribed reading, preparation for assessments).
Completion of the first year of any degree (48 points) at Monash University.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Dianne Vella-Brodrick |
Positive psychology focuses on promoting optimal human functioning. Theoretical perspectives will be examined to demonstrate the impact of positive conditions in achieving desirable outcomes. Information concerning the latest evidence-based interventions about what makes people happy and how happiness is defined and measured will be presented. The relevance of positive psychology in a range of contexts and across the life span will be explored. Numerous and varied learning approaches such as debates, case studies, role plays, watching videos, keeping journals and research activities will be undertaken. This unit will be based on evidence-based knowledge and practice and will also involve an experiential component to facilitate learning.
Written report 2,000-2,500 words: 40%
Group presentation: 20%
Examination: 40%
One 3-hour lecture/workshop per week, plus 4-5 hours prescribed reading per week and 4 hours of private study (e.g. completion of journal, experiential exercises, preparation of essay and group presentation).
Completion of first year in any degree (48 points) at Monash University.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Monash Passport category | Research Challenge (Investigate Program) |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Penelope Hasking |
This unit will introduce students to the most recent advances in psychological research. Each week students will be exposed to a different area of psychology, mental health or neuroscience through dedicated lectures presented by leading researchers in the School.
In addition, students will visit an active research centre to observe this research being put into practice.
Students will further their own research skills by learning to think critically and conducting a critical literature review.
Literature search strategy: Hurdle requirement
Article summaries: 30%
Literature review: 40%
Site visit report: 30%
One 2-hour lecture per week and one 2-hour workshop/tutorial per fortnight
Enrolment in Bachelor of Psychology (with Honours) plus successful completion of PSY2031, PSY2042, and PSY2051
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Joanne Fielding |
The Neuroscience of Cognition and Behavior focuses on the neurobiological mechanisms responsible for human cognition and behavior, with a particular focus on understanding leading methodology and technologies employed in brain-behaviour relationships. By exploring brain-behaviour interactions through an in-depth examination of a selection of cognitive abilities and behaviours, this unit will guide students to establish an understanding of the mechanisms behind memory processes, sleep, perception and other fundamental human behaviours. Technologies utilized by neuroscientists, such as functional magnetic resonance imaging, electroencephalography, and eye tracking will be considered during the course of this unit.
On completion of this unit, subjects will have acquired an understanding of:
a. Perceptual processing
b. Mechanisms affecting sleep and circadian rhythmicity.
c. Memory storage and retrieval
Poster - 20%
On-line quizzes - 20%
Examination - 60%
One x 2 hour lectures each week and online workshops every fortnight.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Naotsugtu Tsuchiya |
The neural basis of consciousness focuses on the empirical neuroscientific studies of consciousness. In particular, we will focus on the neuronal correlates of visual consciousness.
The unit will equip the students with necessary knowledge to think about the problem of consciousness from the neuroscientific point of views; anatomy and physiology of the primate visual system, the relationship between attention and consciousness, and decision-making and freewill and its modulation by neuromodulatory drugs
On completion of this unit, students should be able to:
a.Neuroanatomy
b.Basic working of the primate visual system
c.Exemplar approaches to find neuronal correlates of consciousness
d.Relationship between attention and consciousness
e.Freewill and decision-making and its modulation by neuronmodulatory drugs.
Presentation at the discussion class (30%)
1 proposal outline and 1 evaluation of the initial proposal by peers (hurdle requirement)
1 mock grant proposal and 2 evaluations of the final proposal by peers (40%)
Examination (MCQ) (30%)
One x 2 hour lectures each week and one 2 hour workshop every fortnight.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) Sunway Full year 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Clare Anderson |
The Honours year in psychology aims to increase students understanding of theoretical and methodological aspects of research, develop their analytic, research and communication skills, as well as provide students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of the science and practice of psychology. The Honours program also meets the requirements of the Australian Psychological Society for Associate Membership. In this unit, students undertake a supervised research project that aims to provide training in both discipline specific and generic research skills and form the basis of a literature review and research paper presented at the end of the year.
On completion of PSY4100 Psychology Honours Research Project students will:
Oral presentation of research: 10%
Literature review (4000 - 5000 words): 25%
Research paper (5000 - 7000 words): 65%
Students are expected to commit 24 hours per week to activities relate to their research project. These will vary across the course of the unit in accordance with the progress of the research. Formal contact hours consist of regular meetings with the research supervisor(s) and series of six 2-3 hours seminars/workshops on generic skills required for conducting a research project. The majority of the student's time will be spent in the design and implementation of the research, data collection and analyses. The remainder of the time would be spent in library searches, reading and preparation of the literature review, research paper and presentation material.
Completed Bachelors Degree and a major sequence in psychology approved by the Australian Psychological Society or qualification assessed as equivalent by the Australian Psychological Society, with a distinction average for third year psychology units.
PSY4200
PSY4001, PSY4002, PSY4011, PSY4012, PSY4021, PSY4022, a
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Cameron Duff |
This elective will examine selected, topical issues relating psychology to broader social, political and cultural issues. In building on the background developed in the undergraduate curriculum, the unit will seek to locate existing psychological research in a contemporary social context, exploring emerging theoretical developments and reviewing existing controversies.
The overarching goal will be to build greater understanding of the range of competing explanatory hypotheses that have emerged in response to key psychological issues in the extant literature.
The role psychological research and theory plays in broader society will be reflected in the choice of topics and issues canvassed in this unit. The general areas from which the specific topics may be chosen will include: population health, chronic disease, indigenous health, forensic and behavioural science, substance use, medical anthropology and psychological theory.
On completion of this unit students will have:
Research symposium: 20%
Critical article review - 1,000 words: 30%
Essay - 2,000 words: 50%
Attendance: attendance at 75% of tutorials is a hurdle requirement
2hr lectures each week and 2 hr tutorials fortnightly
Completed Bachelors Degree and a major sequence in psychology approved by the Australian Psychological Society or qualification assessed as equivalent by the Australian Psychological Society, with a distinction average for the third year psychology units.
PSY4200, PSY4240, PSY4508,
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Glenn Melvin |
This elective will examine some selected, topical issues in the field of mental health and illness. In building on the background developed in the undergraduate curriculum, the unit will focus on the aspects of mental health and illness that are controversial and/or for which there are currently competing explanatory hypothesis. The broad scope of mental health and illness will be reflected in the choice of topics, and these topics may change to reflect current issues in the field. The general area from which the specific topics may be chosen might include: depressive disorders, schizophrenia, psychotic disorders, anxiety disorders and suicidal behaviour.
On completion of this unit students will have:
Research symposium: 20%
Critical article review: 1,000 words: 30%
Essay: 2,000 words: 50%
Attendance: attendance at 75% of tutorials is a hurdle requirement
2hr lectures each week and 2 hr tutorials fortnightly
Completed Bachelors Degree and a major sequence in psychology approved by the Australian Psychological Society or qualification assessed as equivalent by the Australian Psychological Society, with a distinction average for third year psychology units.
PSY4200
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kylie Gray |
This elective will examine some selected, topical issues regarding developmental psychology and psychiatry. In building on the background developed in the undergraduate curriculum, the unit will focus on the aspects of developmental psychology and psychiatry that are controversial and/or for which there are currently competing explanatory hypothesis.
The broad scope of developmental psychology and psychiatry will be reflected in the choice of topics, and these topics may change to reflect current issues in the field. The general area from which the specific topics may be chosen might include: neurodegenerative disorders, autistic spectrum disorders, genetic disorders, and childhood trauma
Research symposium: 20%
Critical article review: 1,000 words: 30%
Essay: 2,000 words: 50%
Attendance: attendance at 75% of tutorials is a hurdle requirement
2hr lectures each week and 2 hr tutorials fortnightly
Completed Bachelors Degree and a major sequence in psychology approved by the Australian Psychological Society or qualification assessed as equivalent by the Australian Psychological Society, with a distinction average for third year psychology units.
PSY4200, PSY4260, PSY4504
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Sunway First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Katrina Simpson |
The aim of this unit is to provide students with a thorough understanding in statistical concepts that will enable them to remain up-to-date in their chosen field. The unit begins with a review of univariate statistics before addressing multivariate statistical techniques, focusing on the understanding of the issues underlying the choice of appropriate statistical technique, and the interpretation of findings. The content will be set in a context of methodological issues with special reference to the needs of professional psychologists, whose interests present unusual methodological demands which in turn influence choice of research approach and statistical technique.
After completing this unit, it is expected that students will be able to:
1 x 2 hr end of semester MCQ and short answer examination (open book, 70%)
2 (out of 6) practical assessment tasks (1,500 words; 15% each)
2 hours per week of lectures and 1 hour per week of tutorials and SPSSX training per fortnight
Completed Bachelors Degree and a major sequence in psychology approved by the Australian Psychological Society or qualification assessed as equivalent by the Australian Psychological Society, with a distinction average for third year psychology units.
PSY4200 and PSY4502
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Sunway First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mrs Rebecca Meaney-Tavares |
This unit will focus on ethical, legal and professional issues related to psychological practice. Conceptual (eg theories and definitions) and practical issues (eg common ethical dilemmas and case study appraisals) will be addressed. Some of the issues to be addressed include: legislation governing psychologists, professional organisations, codes of professional conduct, and ethical issues raised by: conflicts of interest, children as clients, using psychological tests, and the provision of psychological services to a multi-cultural population, managing the suicidal client, the reporting of child abuse, and service delivery over the internet.
By completing this unit, students should be able:
Essay: 40%
Class group presentation on ethical issues 20%
Examination: 40%
Completed Bachelors Degree and a major sequence in psychology approved by the Australian Psychological Society or qualification assessed as equivalent by the Australian Psychological Society, with a distinction average for third year psychology units.
PSY4200 and PSY4504
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Psychology and Psychiatry |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kylie Gray |
The unit will provide students with a theoretical overview of individual differences and how these may be assessed. The course of study will include the theoretical background to the development of classes of tests, detailed examination of a range of models of human ability, and other individual difference issues. The different approaches to the design and construction of personality assessment tools will also be addressed. Test evaluation methods and a review of recent trends in test development theory will also be covered. The unit will also cover the administration, scoring, and interpretation of a range of psychological tests and classification tools.
At the end of the Unit, students will:
Essay (2000 words): 30%
Report on psychological assessment: 40%
Multiple-choice and short answer exam: 30%
Attendance (hurdle requirement attendance 75%
Twelve 2 hour lectures (delivered weekly), and two 2 hour practical workshops.
Completed Bachelors Degree and a major sequence in psychology approved by the Australian Psychological Society or qualification assessed as equivalent by the Australian Psychological Society, with a distinction average for third year psychology units.
PSY4503
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ross Iles |
PTY1011 is an integrated unit based on the five themes of the physiotherapy curriculum.
Theme 1- Personal and professional development focuses on development of personal and professional attributes that assist transition from student to physiotherapist.
Theme 2- Population, Society and Health addresses broader society and population health issues.
Theme 3- Fundamental Knowledge of Health Sciences provides the knowledge which underpins physiotherapy practice.
Theme 4- Applied practice develops clinical competencies integral to physiotherapy practice.
Theme 5- Research focuses on the ability to locate, interpret and evaluate research as a foundation for evidence based practice.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Theme 1:
Theme 2:
Theme 3:
Theme 4:
Theme 5:
Assessment in PTY1011 will be both formative and summative.
Formative assessment tasks include:
OSCE and on-line learning tasks.
Hurdle requirements include:
Attendance at 80% of tutorials and practical sessions and submission of a reflective portfolio.
Hurdle requirement professional conduct: Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit.
Evidence that application has been made for a police check (and working with children check if required).
Summative assessment tasks:
Written Assignments: 30%
Practical assignments: 20%
End of semester examination: 50%.
All assessment tasks must be completed to a pass grade standard to complete this unit.
6.5 hours of lectures, 4.5 hours of tutorials and 3 hours of client centred learning (small group teaching), 2 hours of seminars, 2 hours of supported learning and 4 hours of physiotherapy practical sessions. Students will also be expected to undertake private study and preparation in addition to assigned self-directed study related to the material in the unit manual and further required reading.
Only available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Ross Iles |
PTY1022 is an integrated unit based on the 5 themes of the physiotherapy curriculum.
Theme 1- Personal and Professional Development focuses on development of personal and professional attributes which assist transition from student to physiotherapist.
Theme 2- Population, Society and Health relates primarily to healthcare service delivery in the rural sector and behaviour change.
Theme 3- Fundamental Knowledge of Health Science provides the knowledge which underpins physiotherapy practice.
Theme 4- Applied practice develops clinical competencies integral to physiotherapy practice.
Theme 5- Research focuses on the ability to locate and evaluate research as a foundation for evidence based practice.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Theme 1:
Theme 2:
Theme 3:
Theme 4:
Theme 5:
Upon completion of the Inter-professional activity students will be able to:
Assessment in PTY1022 will be both formative and summative.
Formative assessment tasks include:
On-line learning tasks.
Hurdle requirements include attendance at 80% of tutorials and practical sessions
Attendance and participation in the Community Health Inter-professional Attachment
Completion of 'Apply First Aid' and professional conduct
Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit.
Summative assessment tasks:
Written assignments: 32.5%
Practical assignments: 37.5%
End of semester written examinations: 30%.
All assessment tasks must be completed to a pass grade standard to complete this unit.
7.5 hours of lectures, 6.5 hours of tutorials and 4 hours of client centred learning (small group teaching), 2 hours of supported learning and 4 hours of physiotherapy practical sessions.Students will also be expected to undertake private study and preparation in addition to assigned self-directed study related to the material in the unit manual and further required reading.
Only available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula Full year 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Jenny Keating |
The Honours Systematic Review unit provides students with opportunities to advance their understanding of quality research methods, to learn systematic methods for developing a focused research question, seeking relevant information, critically appraising relevant research and preparing a summary of the review findings using contemporary methods. It provides direction and guidance to honours students in developing meaningful arguments to support proposed research activities. The review will contribute 15% to the final honours grade.
At completion of the Honours Systematic Review students will have demonstrated that they can:
Hurdle requirement - Professional conduct: Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit.
Oral presentation of the review (hurdle requirement, formative assessment) and completion of the systematic review (summative assessment, 4,500 words): 100%
Only available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Chris Smith |
PTY2031 develops the 5 themes on which the 4 year curriculum is based.
Theme 1 Personal & Professional Development: explores effective communication with clients with cardiorespiratory conditions.
Theme 2 Population, Society & Health: explores issues relating to healthcare policy development and delivery.
Theme 3 Fundamental Knowledge of Health Science: provides the biomedical and physiotherapy knowledge that underpins physiotherapy clinical practice.
Theme 4 Applied Practice: develops clinical skills integral to physiotherapy practice in the management of cardiorespiratory clients.
Theme 5 Research: explores knowledge and skills that relate to the ability to critically evaluate research.
Theme 1: Personal and Professional Development
Theme 2: Population, Society and Health
Theme 3: Fundamental Knowledge in Health Science
Theme 4: Applied Practice
Theme 5: Research
Written assignment: 15%
Written examination: 30%
OSCE: 25%
Research Activities folder: 15%
Anatomy assessment: 5%
Physiology assessment: 5%
CBL learning & performance: 5%.
Hurdle requirement - professional conduct: Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit.
10 hours of lectures, 3 hours of tutorials and 3 hours of client centred learning (small group teaching), and 4 hours of physiotherapy practical sessions per week. Students will also be expected to undertake private study and preparation in addition to assigned self-directed study related to the material in the unit manual and further required reading.
Only available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Prue Morgan |
PTY2042 is an integrated unit based on the 5 themes of the physiotherapy curriculum.
Theme 1: Personal and Professional Development focuses on development of personal and professional attributes which assist transition from student to physiotherapist.
Theme 2: Population, Society and Health investigates the evolution of health promotion, its inherent values and assumptions.
Theme 3: Fundamental Knowledge of Health Science provides the knowledge which underpins physiotherapy practice.
Theme 4: Applied Practice develops clinical competencies integral to physiotherapy practice.
Theme 5: Research focuses on the ability to locate and evaluate research as a foundation for evidence based practice.
Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Theme 1:
Theme 2:
Theme 3:
Theme 4:
Theme 5:
Assessment in PTY2042 will be both formative and summative. Formative assessment tasks include on-line learning tasks. Hurdle requirements include attendance at 80% of tutorials and practical sessions and submission of a Year 2 Portfolio evidence that application has been made for a police check (and working with children check if required). Hurdle requirement - Professional conduct: Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit.
Health Promotion written assignment - in pairs - 15%, hurdle
Anatomy assessment - 2.5%, hurdle
Anatomy flag race - 2.5%, hurdle
Physiology assessment - 2.5%, hurdle
Physiology assessment - 2.5%, hurdle
Written examination - 30%, hurdle
OSCE 30%, hurdle
Research assignment - systematic review - 10%, hurdle
Research activities folder - 5% - hurdle
6.5 hours of lectures, 4.5 hours of tutorials and 4 hours of patient centred learning (small group teaching), 2 hours of supported learning and 4 hours of physiotherapy practical sessions. Students will also be expected to undertake private study and preparation in addition to assigned self-directed study related to the material in the unit manual and further required reading.
Only available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula Full year 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Jenny Keating |
The Honours Research Proposal unit extends research training provided to students in the BPT by providing individualised and group supervision in developing a focused research proposal (4,500 words), applying for and obtaining ethics approval and commencing data collection. Students will have opportunities to advance their understanding of data analysis methods required to interpret data collected during the course of the proposed research, prepare and submit an application for approval to the relevant ethics committees and present their research proposal to staff and students. The research proposal will contribute 15% to the final honours grade.
At completion of the subject Honours Research Proposal students will have demonstrated that they can:
Hurdle requirement - Professional conduct: Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit.
Hurdle requirement minimum of 80% attendance at seminars, presentation of the research proposal (hurdle requirement, formative assessment), submission of the written research proposal (4,500 words): summative assessment 100%.
Students are required to attend fortnightly research seminars during Year 3 of the BPT when not on clinical placement. Students are expected to undertake approximately 6 hours per week of study to construct the research proposal, and prepare the presentation of the research proposal, apply for and obtain ethics approval, submit the research proposal for assessment (4,500 words) and commence data collection.
Available to students enrolled in the Honours Degree of Bachelor of Physiotherapy.
Available to students enrolled in the Honours Degree of Bachelor of Physiotherapy.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Stephen Maloney |
PTY3051 continues to develop students' knowledge and skills in the five theme areas upon which the four year curriculum is based. These are
Theme 1 Personal and Professional Development;
Theme 2 Population, Society and Health;
Theme 3 Fundamental Knowledge of Health Science;
Theme 4 Applied Practice; and
Theme 5 Research.
Case based learning remains the cornerstone for integration of the different themes within the course.
===THEME 1: Personal and Professional Development===
===THEME 2: Population, Society and Health===
===THEME 3: Fundamental Knowledge in Health Science===
===THEME 4: Applied Practice===
===THEME 5: Design and describe a systematic review protocol===
Hurdle requirements:
Reflective Portfolio
Attendance and participation in CBL, practical and tutorial sessions
Skills mastery checklist. Hurdle requirement - Professional conduct: Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit.
Formative Assessments:
On line quizzes
Tutorial participation
Reflective Portfolio
Summative Assessments:
Written Examination (hurdle): 30%
OSCE (hurdle): 30%
CBL Assignment: 20%
Anatomy flag race: 5%
Research folio: 5%
Interview assignment: 10%.
Approximately 20 hours per week contact time for the twelve weeks of semester. Students will also be expected to undertake private study and preparation in addition to assigned self-directed study related to the material in the unit manual and further required reading
Only available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Summer semester A 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Stephen Maloney |
PTY3162 continues to develop the five themes upon which the four year curriculum is based. These are Theme 1 Personal and Professional Development; Theme 2 Population, Society and Health; Theme 3 Fundamental Knowledge of Health Science; Theme 4 Applied Practice; and Theme 5 Research. Problem based learning (PBL) and clinical practice provide the opportunities for integration of the different themes within the course. Students undertake a clinical attachment (5 weeks) during this unit, providing them the opportunity to apply integrated knowledge and skills from previous learning in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy to patient care in either an acute, subacute or community setting.
On completion of this unit it is expected students will be able to:
THEME 1: Personal & Professional Development:
THEME 2: Population, Society & Health:
THEME 3: Fundamental Knowledge in Health Science
THEME 4: Applied Practice:
THEME 5: Research
Formative assessments: Formative assessments of clinical performance in each major study area of physiotherapy clinical education will be scheduled at the half way point of each study area of the clinical affiliation and at other subsequent times. The student must submit a self assessment form midway and at the end of each major study area while on clinical placement. All clinical assessment processes will use the Assessment of Physiotherapy Practice instrument.
Summative assessments: Clinical assessment (based on assessment and changes in performance over the 5 week clinical education period) 100%;
Students must obtain a pass in each major study area, to progress into a fourth year unit. Decisions about appropriate procedures for students who do not achieve satisfactory in the clinical assessment component will be made by the Year 3/4 Level Committee which includes representation of the clinical partners.
Hurdle requirement: Professional conduct: Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit.
Professional conduct within the unit, completion of Learning Needs Form at the beginning and completion of each clinic; completion of clinical log, completion of self-APP assessment; pass in each clinical major study area; achieve an overall score of 50% on each of the sum of Items 1-6 (inclusive) and Items 7-20 (inclusive) by Clinician Evaluation using the APP tool for the clinical unit, and evidence that application has been made for a police check (and working with children check if required).
To reflect everyday workplace practices, and in recognition of the importance of optimizing education in limited clinical placement hours, students are required to achieve 100% clinical attendance. Exceptions will be considered in cases of explained absence through illness, compassionate leave or a pre-arranged agreement with the University and health service facility.
PTY3162 comprises five off campus (clinical attachments) weeks. Students will spend 34 hours per week in their clinical attachment.
Only available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Summer semester A 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Stephen Maloney |
PTY3262 continues to develop the five themes upon which the four year curriculum is based. These are Theme 1 Personal and Professional Development; Theme 2 Population, Society and Health; Theme 3 Fundamental Knowledge of Health Science; Theme 4 Applied Practice; and Theme 5 Research. Problem based learning (PBL) and clinical practice provide the opportunities for integration of the different themes within the course. Students undertake a clinical attachment (5 weeks) during this unit, providing them the opportunity to apply integrated knowledge and skills from previous learning in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy to patient care in either an acute, subacute or community setting.
Objectives
On completion of this unit it is expected students will be able to:
THEME 1: Personal & Professional Development:
THEME 2: Population, Society & Health:
THEME 3: Fundamental Knowledge in Health Science:
THEME 4: Applied Practice:
THEME 5: Research:
Formative assessments: Formative assessments of clinical performance in each major study area of physiotherapy clinical education will be scheduled at the half way point of each study area of the clinical affiliation and at other subsequent times. The student must submit a self assessment form midway and at the end of each major study area while on clinical placement. All clinical assessment processes will use the Assessment of Physiotherapy Practice instrument.
Summative assessments: Clinical assessment (based on assessment and changes in performance over the 5 week clinical education period) 100%;
Students must obtain a pass in each major clinical study unit, to progress into a fourth year unit. Decisions about appropriate procedures for students who do not achieve a satisfactory result in the clinical assessment units will be made by the Year 3/4 Level Committee which includes representation of the clinical partners.
Hurdle requirements: Professional conduct: Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit.
Professional conduct within the unit, completion of Learning Needs Form at the beginning and completion of each clinic; completion of clinical log, self-evaluation with the APP; pass in each clinical major study area; achieve an overall score of 50% on each of the sum of Items 1-6 (inclusive) and Items 7-20 (inclusive) by Clinician Evaluation using the APP tool for each clinical major study area, and evidence that application has been made for a police check (and working with children check if required).
To reflect everyday workplace practices, and in recognition of the importance of optimizing education in limited clinical placement hours, students are required to achieve 100% clinical attendance. Exceptions will be considered in cases of explained absence through illness, compassionate leave or a pre-arranged agreement with the University and health service facility.
PTY3262 comprises five off campus (clinical attachment) weeks. Students will spend 34 hours per week in their clinical attachment
Only available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Summer semester A 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Stephen Maloney |
PTY3362 continues to develop the five themes upon which the four year curriculum is based. These are Theme 1 Personal and Professional Development; Theme 2 Population, Society and Health; Theme 3 Fundamental Knowledge of Health Science; Theme 4 Applied Practice; and Theme 5 Research. Clinical practice provides the opportunities for integration of the different themes within the course. Students undertake a clinical attachment (5 weeks) during this unit, providing them the opportunity to apply integrated knowledge and skills from previous learning in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy to patient care in acute, subacute and community settings.
On completion of this unit it is expected students will be able to:
THEME 1: Personal & Professional Development:
THEME 2: Population, Society & Health:
THEME 3: Fundamental Knowledge in Health Science
THEME 4: Applied Practice:
THEME 5: Research
Formative assessments: Formative assessments of clinical performance in each major study area of physiotherapy clinical education will be scheduled at the half way point of each study area of the clinical affiliation and at other subsequent times. The student must submit a self assessment form midway and at the end of each major study area while on clinical placement. All clinical assessment processes will use the Assessment of Physiotherapy Practice instrument.
Summative assessments: Clinical assessment (based on assessment and changes in performance over the 5 week clinical education period) 100%; Students must obtain a pass in each major clinical study area, to progress into a fourth year unit. Decisions about appropriate procedures for students who do not meet this requirement will be made by the Year 3/4 Level Committee which includes representation of the clinical partners.
Hurdle requirements: Professional conduct: Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit.
Professional conduct within the unit, completion of Learning Needs Form at the beginning and completion of each clinic; completion of clinical log, self-evaluation with the APP; pass in each clinical major study area; achieve an overall score of 50% on each of the sum of Items 1-6 (inclusive) and Items 7-20 (inclusive) by Clinician Evaluation using the APP tool for each clinical major study area, and evidence that application has been made for a police check (and working with children check if required).
To reflect everyday workplace practices, and in recognition of the importance of optimizing education in limited clinical placement hours, students are required to achieve 100% clinical attendance. Exceptions will be considered in cases of explained absence through illness, compassionate leave or a pre-arranged agreement with the University and health service facility.
PTY3262 comprises five off campus (clinical attachment) weeks. Students will spend 34 hours per week in their clinical attachment.
Only available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Summer semester A 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Stephen Maloney |
PTY3462 continues to develop the five themes upon which the four year curriculum is based. These are Theme 1 Personal and Professional Development; Theme 2 Population, Society and Health; Theme 3 Fundamental Knowledge of Health Science; Theme 4 Applied Practice; and Theme 5 Research. Problem based learning (PBL) and written activities provide the opportunities for integration of the different themes within the course. Students undertake a range of written assessment tasks during this unit as well as attending one post clinical campus-based week, providing them the opportunity to apply integrated knowledge and skills from previous learning in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy to patient care issues in a range of settings.
On completion of this unit it is expected students will be able to:
THEME 1: Personal & Professional Development:
THEME 2: Population, Society & Health:
THEME 3: Fundamental Knowledge in Health Science
THEME 4: Applied Practice:
THEME 5: Research:
Formative and hurdle assessments:
Professional conduct: Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff in order to pass the unit, and attend the clinical-debriefing session post-clinical placements.
Summative assessments: Written appraisal of a clinical practice guideline 1500 words (25%); oral presentation of a clinical practice guideline (25%); online submission of power point presentation (25%); reflective assignment part A (Portfolio - formative) and part B (critical reflection - 25% summative).
The campus based learning week will consist of approximately 5-8 hours of lectures; 4 hours of CBL or other tutorials; and 4-6 hours of physiotherapy practical sessions, master classes and tutorials. For every formal teaching contact hour, students are expected to complete a minimum 2.5 additional hours self directed learning related to content, tasks and further reading as described in the PTY3462 Unit Guide. The remainder of the unit content (written assessment tasks) will be completed in self directed learning time concurrent with clinical placements occurring in year 3.
Only available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula Full year 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Professor Jenny Keating |
The 12 credit point Honours Thesis subject extends research opportunities provided to students in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy degree by providing individualised and group supervision in developing a comprehensive research report (10,000-12,000 words). Students will have opportunities to advance their understanding of data analysis methods required to interpret data collected during the course of the research, prepare and present their findings to staff and students and refine a report for assessment. The thesis will contribute 70% to the final honours grade.
At completion of the subject Honours Thesis students will have demonstrated that they can:
Hurdle requirement - Professional conduct: Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit.
Presentation of the research findings to staff and students (hurdle requirement) and the completion of a thesis (10,000-12,000 words): 100% summative assessment)
Students are required to attend fortnightly research seminars during Semesters One and Two when they are not on clinical placements. This subject runs for 12 weeks in each Semester (total 24 weeks).
Available to students enrolled in the Honours Degree of Bachelor of Physiotherapy.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Kristin Lo |
PTY4080 continues to develop the five themes upon which the four year curriculum is based. These are Theme 1 Personal and Professional Development; Theme 2 Population, Society and Health; Theme 3 Fundamental Knowledge of Health Science; Theme 4 Applied Practice; and Theme 5 Research. During this 12 week unit, students undertake a paediatric clinical attachment (2 weeks) and two elective attachments (each of 4 weeks duration), one being a clinical elective .These provide the opportunity to apply and expand integrated knowledge and skills from previous learning in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy to patient care in paediatrics and to health care consumers in a diverse range of health care related settings. Students are expected to spend 34 hours per week during clinical education in health service or elective placement facilities with additional self-directed study hours. An additional two weeks off-campus study is allocated for completion of assignments and self-directed summative research tasks.
There are 35 specific objectives for this unit which address the five themes outlined in the unit synopsis.
Formative assessment:
Research presentation
Summative assessment:
Written assignment: 20%
Assessment of Physiotherapy Practice assessment tool (APP): 20% (Elective 1) + 20% (Elective 2)
Paediatrics case report: 10%
Clinical learning contracts: 10% (if a student undertakes a non clinical elective, this 20% will be marked on a learning contract rather than an APP)
Research presentation submission:20%
Hurdle requirement: Professional conduct - Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit.
Hurdle requirements: Achieve a pass grade in all summative tasks, participation in clinical and elective placements, and oral presentation of research topic.
To reflect everyday workplace practices, and in recognition of the importance of optimizing education in limited clinical placement hours, students are required to achieve 100% clinical attendance.
Exceptions will be considered in cases of explained absence through illness, compassionate leave or a pre-arranged agreement with the University and health service facility.
PTY4080 comprises ten off-campus weeks in health service or elective placement facilities for education. Students are expected to spend 34 hours per week during clinical education in health service or elective placement facilities with a least 1 additional hour of self-directed study for every 2 hours of clinical education. An additional two weeks off-campus study is allocated in this unit for completion of self-directed summative research tasks.
Only available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Kristin Lo |
PTY4171 continues to develop the five themes upon which the four year curriculum is based. These are:
Delivery of physiotherapy services and ongoing case based learning provide opportunities for integration of the different themes within the course. Students undertake a clinical attachment (5 weeks) during this unit and complete self directed learning tasks, providing them the opportunity to apply integrated knowledge and skills from previous learning in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy to acute, community or subacute patient care.
There are 42 specific objectives for the fourth year clinical units that address the five themes outlined in the unit synopsis
Hurdle requirement: Professional conduct- Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit. Students must submit valid police
check, WWC check, first aid certificate and annual CPR update documents to be signed off by administrative staff by the Wednesday prior to the first scheduled clinical placement in order to participate in clinical placements.
Hurdle requirements: attendance and participation, learning needs form, clinical log, self assessment using APP. Achieving 50% on Items 1-6 and on Items 7-20 inclusive on the APP for each clinical core placement.
Hurdle: achieve a pass in all summative assessments
Summative assessment:
Clinical (APP) assessment: 80%
Research proposal 10%
Research skills seminar 10%
Students must obtain a minimum of 50% in each of the two summative clinical assessments
5 weeks of physiotherapy clinical practice and associated self directed learning time. Students will spend approximately 34 hours per week in their clinical placement. For every 2 clinical contact hours, students are expected to complete a minimum 1 additional hour of self directed learning and reflection related to their experiences in delivery of physiotherapy services, unit content, self-directed learning tasks, project design and execution and further reading as described in the PTY4171 Unit Guide and Clinical Manual.
Only available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Kristin Lo |
PTY4172 continues to develop the five themes upon which the four year curriculum is based. These are:
Delivery of physiotherapy services and ongoing case based learning provide opportunities for integration of the different themes within the course. Students undertake a clinical attachment (5 weeks) during this unit, providing them the opportunity to apply integrated knowledge and skills from previous learning in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy to acute, subacute or community patient care.
There are 42 specific objectives for the year four clinical units that address the five themes outlined in the unit synopsis
Hurdle requirement: Professional conduct- Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit. Students must submit valid police check, WWC check, first aid certificate and annual CPR update documents to be signed off by administrative staff by the Wednesday prior to the first scheduled clinical placement in order to participate in clinical placements.
Hurdle requirements: attendance and participation, learning needs form, clinical log, self assessment using APP. Achieving 50% on Items 1-6 and on Items 7-20 inclusive on the APP for each clinical core placement.
Hurdle requirement: achieve a pass in all summative tasks
Summative assessment:
Clinical (APP) assessment: 80%
Research proposal (1000 words summative 10%)
Research skills seminar (summative 10%)
Only available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Kristin Lo |
PTY4281 continues to develop the five themes upon which the four year curriculum is based. These are:
Theme 1 Personal and Professional Development;
Theme 2 Population, Society and Health;
Theme 3 Fundamental Knowledge of Health Science;
Theme 4 Applied Practice; and
Theme 5 Research.
During this unit, students undertake an initial clinical elective attachment of 5 weeks duration .This provides the opportunity to apply and expand integrated knowledge and skills from previous learning in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy to patient care in various health care consumers in a diverse range of health care related settings. Students are expected to spend 34 hours per week during clinical education in health service or elective placement facilities with additional self-directed study hours. Additional study time will be required for completion of self-directed assessment tasks.
There are 35 specific objectives for the year four clinical units which address the five themes outlined in the unit synopsis.
Hurdle:
To reflect everyday workplace practices, and in recognition of the importance of optimizing education in limited clinical placement hours, students are required to achieve 100% clinical attendance. Exceptions will be considered in cases of explained absence through illness, compassionate leave or a pre-arranged agreement with the University and health service facility.
Students will also be expected to conduct themselves in a professional manner towards staff and clinical educators (Professional conduct hurdle).Students must submit valid police check, WWC check, first aid certificate and annual CPR update documents to be signed off by administrative staff by the Wednesday prior to the first scheduled clinical placement in order to participate in clinical placements.
Achieve a pass in all summative tasks (hurdle)
Attendance and Participation in clinical education (Hurdle)
Summative and hurdle assessment:
AT4: Clinician evaluation using APP assessment tool (hurdle and summative task 100%)
PTY4281 comprises five off-campus weeks in health service or elective placement facilities for education. Students are expected to spend 34 hours per week during clinical education in health service or elective placement facilities with a least 1 additional hour of self-directed study for every 2 hours of clinical education. Additional self directed study time is allocated in this unit for completion of self-directed assessment tasks.
Only available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula First semester 2013 (Day) Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Kristin Lo |
PTY4282 continues to develop the five themes upon which the four year curriculum is based. These are Theme 1 Personal and Professional Development; Theme 2 Population, Society and Health; Theme 3 Fundamental Knowledge of Health Science; Theme 4 Applied Practice; and Theme 5 Research. During this 6 week unit, students undertake a paediatric clinical attachment of 2 weeks duration .This provides the opportunity to apply and expand integrated knowledge and skills from previous learning in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy to patient care in paediatrics in a diverse range of health care related settings. Students are expected to spend 34 hours per week during clinical education in health service or placement facilities with additional self-directed study hours. An additional four weeks off-campus study is allocated for completion of assignments and self-directed education tasks.
There are 35 specific objectives for the Year 4 clinical units which address the five themes outlined in the unit synopsis.
Summative assessment:
Paediatric case study: 20%
Assessment of Physiotherapy Practice assessment tool (APP): 80%
Hurdle requirement: Professional conduct - Students are required to demonstrate professional behaviour in communication (written or verbal) with department staff and clinical educators in order to pass the unit. Students must submit valid police check, WWC check, first aid certificate and annual CPR update documents to be signed off by administrative staff by the Wednesday prior to the first scheduled clinical placement in order to participate in clinical placements.
Hurdle requirement: paediatric preclinical online tutorial task
Hurdle requirements: Achieve a pass grade in all summative tasks, participation in clinical placement, and written assignments.
To reflect everyday workplace practices, and in recognition of the importance of optimizing education in limited clinical placement hours, students are required to achieve 100% clinical attendance. Exceptions will be considered in cases of explained absence through illness, compassionate leave or a pre-arranged agreement with the University and health service facility.
PTY4282 comprises six off-campus weeks in clinical placement facilities for education or self directed study tasks. Students are expected to spend 34 hours per week during the two weeks of paediatric clinical education with at least 1 additional hour of self-directed study for every 2 hours of clinical education. An additional four weeks off-campus study is allocated in this unit for completion of self-directed summative tasks.
Only available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Physiotherapy |
Offered | Peninsula Second semester 2013 (Day) |
PTY4280 continues to develop the five themes upon which the four year curriculum is based. This campus based unit occurs in two sections in Semester 2. It extends students' integrated knowledge and skills into specialised areas of physiotherapy practice and prepares students for graduation and entry into the workforce. Unique to PTY4280 is an Interprofessional Seminar series which will take place in the final week of Semester 2, Year 4. Students will have the opportunity to listen to presentations from multiprofessional students and will participate in peer review of these sessions
There are 28 specific objectives for this unit which address the five themes outlined in the unit synopsis.
Formative and hurdle assessments:
AT1: Professional conduct (hurdle)
AT2: Achieve a pass in all summative tasks (hurdle)
AT3: Attendance and participation (hurdle)
AT6: Peer review IPE presentations (formative)
Summative and hurdle tasks
AT4: Written assignment (3000 words summative) 20%
AT5: Research oral presentation 10 minutes (IPE conference) 10%
AT7: Written exam (3 hour, end of semester) 60%
AT8: Reflective assignment (2000 words) 10%
PTY4280 comprises three campus based weeks and additional self directed learning time. On campus there will be approximately 17 hours per week contact teaching. A campus based learning week will consist of approximately 5-8 hours of lectures; 4 hours of CBL tutorials; and 4-6 hours of physiotherapy practical sessions, master classes and tutorials. For every formal teaching contact hour, students are expected to complete a minimum 2.5 additional hours self directed learning related to content, tasks and further reading as described in the PTY4280 Unit Guide and Practical Manuals. Other written assessment tasks will be completed by students in self directed learning time.
Only available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of Physiotherapy
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Kristal Lee and Ms Ruth Druva |
RAD1012 develops the scientific, professional and clinical radiographic knowledge that will be foundational to the student progresses along the Novice to Expert continuum of development. Radiographic knowledge will be extended to enable examinations of the respiratory system, shoulder and pelvic girdles, the vertebral column, the bony thorax and plain abdomen to be safely performed.
Building on earlier principles of professional practice, RAD1012 will introduce the science required for more advanced radiographic equipment operation. Radiation dosimetry and safety is also studied so that competent operation and performance measurement of diagnostic ionising radiation equipment may be executed. Clinical exposure to patients under supervision will enable the student to apply these principles across the range of examinations indicated.
1 x 3 hour written examination comprising two parts: 35%
1 x Clinical Learning portfolio: 35%
2 x 500 work laboratory reports and 2 x 1000 word laboratory reports: 10%
1 x 40 minute pre placement Objective Structured Clinical Examination (OSCE): 10%
2 x 40 minute Computer based radiographic image evaluation and methods tests - 10%
Hurdle: All elements of assessment must be passed to pass the unit
8 x one hour lectures, 3 x one hour tutorials, 1 x three hour laboratory practical session, 4 hours clinical studies per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Marcus Kitchen, Dr Kaye Morgan |
A review of fundamental physics concepts including mathematics. Units of measurement. Mechanics and heat. Atomic structure and electromagnetic radiation. Electricity, magnetism and electromagnetism. X-rays and their production. X-ray emission and interactions between x-rays and matter. Attenuation of x-rays and filters. Principles of radioactivity and nuclear transformation. Introduction to radiation therapy principles. Foundation principles of radiation protection together with statutory requirements. Introduction to computer imaging in medicine.
On completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
1 x 1 hr mid-semester exam: 20%
1 x 2 hr end-semester exam: 50%
Numerical laboratory reports: 20%
Numeric assignment: 10%
HURDLE: Must pass the mid-semester exam.
Entry to the BRadMedImag
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Wendy MacLeod |
Students will learn the principles of human biology and genetics, and the chemical, cellular and tissue organization of the human body. In addition, they will develop an understanding of the gross anatomical structure of the appendicular skeleton together with their radiographic appearances.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
1 x 3 hr written end-of-semester exam: 60%
1 x 1 hr mid-semester exam: 20%
1 x 30 min osteology test: 10%
1 x 30 min image recognition exam: 10%
HURDLES:
1. Participation in anatomy practical
2. All elements of assessment must be passed to pass the unit.
Entry to the BRadMedImag
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Kristal Lee and Ms Ruth Druva |
This unit delivers the initial scientific, professional and clinical radiographic knowledge that will be foundational in subsequent Radiographic Science and Practice units as the student progresses along the Novice to Expert continuum of development.
The unit introduces the student to the requisite knowledge required to perform radiographic examinations of the limbs and chest and the fundamentals of professional practice to include the behavioural sciences, communication and legally and ethically correct working practices. Clinical exposure to patients under supervision will enable the student to apply these principles across the range of examinations indicated.
1 x 3 hr written exam: 50%
1 x 40 min pre-placement objective structured clinical exam (OSCE): 15%
2 x 20 min computer based radiographic image evaluation and methods test: 10%
1 x Clinical Learning Portfolio: 25%
HURDLES:
1. 3 x maximum 750 word written reports
2. All elements of assessment must be passed to pass the unit
3 x one hour lectures
3 x one hour tutorials
1 x two hour laboratory practical session
4 x hours clinical practice per week
Entry to the BRadMedImag
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Wendy MacLeod |
Students will develop a sound understanding of the principles of pathology, and specifically that of the respiratory and osteoskeletal systems , along with their radiographic appearances. Students will also develop a sound understanding of the structural and functional relationships of the vertebral column and the bony thorax. They will be introduced to the nervous system and the innervation of muscles together with relevant radiographic anatomy.
On completion of this unit, a student will be able to:
1 x 3 hr Written examination: 60%
1 x 1500 word Essay: 15%
1 x 1 hr Image recognition examination: 25%
HURDLE: All elements of assessments must be passed to pass the unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mrs Imelda Williams and Ms Ruth Druva |
The unit develops a student's existing knowledge of digital imaging systems, evidence based practice and research principles required for practice within the healthcare workforce of the future.
The unit includes digital image processing applied to medical imaging generally and vascular or non-vascular imaging and therapeutic or invasive procedures such as biopsy, stenting or ablation techniques.
Patient care requirements for all diagnostic imaging examinations using contrast media. Digital subtraction angiographic techniques including protocols, positioning, image interpretation and evaluation.
Evidence based practice in diagnostic imaging and the evaluation and application of research in diagnostic imaging.
Theme 1
Theme 2
Theme 3
Theme 4
1 x 3 hr written examination: 40%
1 x Clinical learning portfolio (including a digital subtraction aniography workbook): 30%
1 x 3000 word evidence based practice assignment: 20%
4 x Image processing laboratory reports: 10%
Workload 5 x one hour lectures
2 x one hour tutorial
1 x one hour laboratory practical session
4 hours directed study using Blackboard
6 hours clinical studies
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | A/Prof Marilyn Baird and Ms Ruth Druva |
The focus of this unit is upon mobile imaging, accident and emergency imaging, paediatrics, geriatrics and radiography of the skull including dental imaging.
It also facilitates the ongoing development of broader general radiographic skills of the appendicular and axial skeleton.
Additionally, the unit provides students with the essential elements of contrast and therapeutic imaging of the gastrointestinal genito-urinary and hepato-biliary systems with the emphasis upon digital fluoroscopic systems and the professional role of the radiographer in managing these systems and implementing the procedures.
1 x 3 hr written exam: 45%
2 group SOLAR case studies: 10%
4 x numeric imaging laboratory reports: 5%
1 x Clinical Learning Portfolio: 40%
3 x one hour lectures
2 x one hour tutorials
1 x one hour laboratory practical session
1 hour directed study using Blackboard
5 hours clinical studies
RAD2051; RAD2061
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Yvonne Hodgson |
This unit provides a basic understanding of the human body, its structure and the function of its organs in health and disease. The unit covers the cardiovascular system, respiratory system, renal system, haematopoietic system, gastrointestinal system, endocrine system and reproduction. The unit incorporates the anatomy, physiology, pathology and radiographic imagining techniques related to each system. An introduction to the pharmacological principles underlying drug action, drug absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion and the adverse reactions to contrast media complements the body systems.
1 x 3 hr written exam: 40%
2 x 1 hr mid-semester tests: 25%
1 x group assignment: 15%
1 x 60 min multi-station recognition exam: 20%
HURDLE: All elements of assessments must be passed to pass the unit.
The unit will run from week 6-week 12 of semester. There will be 24 hours of contact time per week during week 6-12.
Level 1 of BRadMedImag course
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Marilyn Baird |
Neuroglia and neurons, the nerve impulse, the synapse, excitatory transmission and inhibitory transmission and integration at synapses, neurotransmitters and regeneration; the meninges; the spinal cord, the composition and distribution of the spinal nerves, the brachial plexus; cerebrospinal fluid; the blood supply to the brain and the concept of the blood-brain barrier. The bones of the skull and their radiographic appearances; the structure of the brain - the brain stem, the pons, the midbrain, the diencephalon, the cerebrum and functional areas of the cerebral cortex. Olfactory sensations; visual sensations; accessory structure of the eye; the structure of the eye; the visual pathway. Auditory sensations and equilibrium; the middle and internal ear; the physiology of hearing and equilibrium. Sectional CT and MR appearances of the normal brain, eye, ear and the organs of balance and equilibrium. Common disorders affecting the brain and their appearances on CT and MR. Demyelinating diseases and tumors of the nervous system. Disorders and trauma of the skull and facial bones together with their radiographic, CT and MR appearances.
1 x 2 hr written exam: 50%
3 x 30 min on-line image analysis and recognition tests: 30%
1 x 2000 word Radiologic Biology assignment: 20%
HURDLE: All elements of assessments must be passed to pass the unit.
4 x one hour lectures
1 x one hour engagement with sectional anatomy learning tutorials
1 x one hour tutorials including anatomy and pathology demonstration classes
Up to 6 hours self - directed study in keeping with the credit point value of the unit
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Russell Horney and Ms Ruth Druva |
Sonographic anatomy of the abdominal organs and related structures. Sonographic representation of common abdominal pathologies. Selection of appropriate ultrasound equipment, and optimisation of technical factors. Scanning techniques for the liver, gallbladder, biliary system, anterior abdominal wall & hernias, peritoneum & retroperitoneum and Doppler ultrasound of the upper abdomen. Doppler ultrasound and harmonic imaging. Spectral Doppler and continuous Doppler instrumentation. Ultrasound artefacts. Bio-effects and bio-hazards of diagnostic ultrasound. Limited clinical experience in abdominal ultrasound examinations and facilitatation of ongoing development in general radiography examinations. Scientific principles underpinning breast imaging, their associated instrumentation and protocols, positioning methods and radiation protection principles. Principles of radiation dosimetry, ethics, regulation of health care and legal issues in the professional context
1 x 3 hr Written Exam: 50%
1 x 2500 word ultrasound imaging assignment: 10%
1 x ultrasound skills assessment: 10%
1 x Clinical Learning Portfolio: 20%
1 x medico-legal professional journal: 10%
5 x one hour lectures
2 x one hour tutorials
1 x one and a half hour laboratory practical session
4 hours directed study using Blackboard
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Russell Horney and Ms Ruth Druva |
Computed tomography: scientific principles and operational modes. System components and image characteristics. Image reconstruction techniques, summation convolution back-projection. Fourier reconstruction and algebraic and iterative reconstruction methods. Helical/spiral and multislice CT systems. CT artefacts and quality assurance. Principles of CT dosimetry and radiation protection. Clinical CT examinations for the head, chest, abdomen and spine; CT sectional anatomy and imaging pathology. General radiography including contrast, trauma, paediatric and mobile imaging. Digital image processing, computer interfaces, medical image formats, the Dicom standard, image compression and the hospital Picture Archiving and Communication System (PACS).
1 x 3 hr Written Examination: 45%
1 x 60 min Radiographic Image Evaluation Exam: 10%
4 x online tests: 10%
1 x Clinical Learning Portfolio - 35%
HURDLE: All elements of assessments must be passed to pass the unit.
5 x 1 hour Lectures
2 x 1 hour Tutorials
5 hours Online (Blackboard) study periods
5 academic hours per week spent in clinical practice
Levels 1 and 2 of BRadMedImag course
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Mr Paul Lombardo |
This unit delivers theoretical and practical knowledge in abdominal ultrasound that also forms a foundation for subsequent ultrasound studies in RAD3042 and RAD4080. The unit introduces the student to the requisite knowledge required to perform an ultrasound examination of abdominal organs, including the physics of ultrasound and instrumentation, sonographic anatomy and pathophysiology, scanning principles and practice. Students will participate in the scanning of models under supervision to enable them to apply these principles and develop basic practical skills in a simulated clinical environment.
By then end of the unit, students will be able to:
1 x 3 hr exam: 60%
1 x 1500 word Imaging essay: 15%
1 x SOLAR case study:15%
1 x Ultrasound skills assessment: 10%
HURDLE:
1.Attendance at practical sessions
2.Must pass all elements of assessment to pass the unit
Blended learning approach including a combination of online learning material, face-to-face lectures and practical sessions.
Levels 1 and 2 of BRadMedImag course
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Imants Svalbe |
The physics of MRI is presented, with particular application to clinical diagnostic imaging. The unit covers the basic physics of magnetic dipoles and magnetic spin resonance, through to a detailed presentation of the basic gradient and spin echo sequences that are used in medical MRI scanners. The factors that determine the contrast and spatial resolution achievable in MRI are discussed. The FID signal sampling and image reconstruction methods are reviewed, as are the SNR and image artifacts that typically occur in MRI. Patient and MRI staff safety issues are presented. An overview of MRI imaging applications, such as spectroscopic and dynamic imaging is presented.
On completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
1 x 3 hour exam: 60%
1 x 2500 word assignments: 20%
1 x 1 hr mid semester exam: 20%
3 hours of lectures, 1 hour tutorial and 2 hours of Laboratory per week for a 12 week semester plus one week for revision.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton Full year (extended) 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Ruth Druva |
Students enrolled in the Bachelor of Radiography and Medical Imaging must complete the placement in order to satisfy the professional requirements and obtain a statement of Accreditation from the Australian Institute of Radiography upon graduation.
Work based performance appraisal at weeks 12 and 24.
Levels 1, 2 and 3 of the BradMedImag
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Michal Schneider-Kolsky |
Supervised participation in a research project in medical imaging. An in depth consideration of the moral and ethical issues surrounding research, sources of information, quantitative and qualitative research methods and current trends in research in medical imaging. Skills in how to construct a research proposal and critically analyse the literature associated with the aspect of medical imaging students have selected as their research topic will be achieved. The critical review, analysis and interpretation of research data will be achieved. The creation of a research report and written and oral communication skills will be undertaken.
On completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
1 x 5000 word literature review: 15%
1 x 1500 word research proposal: 10%
1 x 10 000 word final report: 55%
1 x 20min oral presentation: 10%
1 x poster: 10%
HURDLE:
1. Research diary
2. All elements of assessment must be passed to pass the unit
A blended learning approach comprising a combination of online, face-to-face and self-directed learning.
Levels 1, 2 and 3 of the BRadMedImag.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Michal Schneider-Kolsky |
Element one addresses advanced scientific and technical concepts associated with either medical ultrasound, advanced Multislice CT, , paediatric imaging or professional education and leadership. Element two considers the moral and ethical issues surrounding research, sources of information, quantitative and qualitative research methods and current trends in research in medical imaging. The unit develops skills in the critical analysis of the literature associated with the aspect of medical imaging that students have selected as their selected topic. Students will learn how to critically review, analyse and interpret research data. They will learn how to communicate effectively using written and oral communication.
1 x 5000 word literature review: 35%
1 x 3 hr exam: 30%
1 x 1 hr open book research methods critique exam: 10%
2 x 1500 word stream-specific assignment: 20 %
1 x 10min oral presentation: 5%
2 x 1 hour Lectures; 2 x 2 hour face to face tutorials with the designated literature review supervisor; 6 x 2 hours engagement with on line coursework materials; 2 x 2 hour self directed writing periods. The student is expected to undertake one hour of self-directed study for each contact hour.
Levels 1, 2 and 3 of the BRadMedImag
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Medical Imaging and Radiation Sciences |
Offered | Clayton First semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day) Clayton Full year 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Mark Strudwick and Mrs Imelda Williams |
This is a core unit of year 4 designed to provide students completing the final year of the Bachelor of Radiography and Medical Imaging with knowledge and skills in advanced multislice computed tomography, magnetic resonance imaging methods, radiographic image interpretation and advanced decision making with respect to imaging and the radiographic management of the patient. The unit comprises three elements namely multislice CT physics, methods and clinical practice, MRI methods and clinical practice and radiographic image interpretation principles and pattern recognition.
On completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
1 x 1500 word evidence based psychophysics essay: 10%
1 x 3 hr written exam (4 elements: CT methods; MRI methods; CT technology and Image analysis): 40%
1 x Clinical workbook and portfolio to include competence based assessments: 30%
2 x 1000 word evidence based radiographer health assessment report: 10%
1 x 1 hr computer based pattern recognition test: 10%
The academic elements comprise a 4 hour workshop, 8 hours of lectures, a 12 hour distance education package. The student is expected to undertake one hour of self-directed study for each contact/directed hour. Clinical experience comprises: 4 extended periods of 20 hours of supervised and directed clinical practice in MSCT and MRI.
Levels 1, 2 and 3 of the BRadMedImag
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Rural Health |
Offered | Bairnsdale First semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day) Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Marlene Drysdale |
This unit looks at the impact of colonisation and government legislation on the health and well being of Indigenous Australians. It also provides students with an overview of the complexity of Aboriginal health and ill health and examines access to health care systems and evaluates how Indigenous communities, remote, rural and urban practice self determination in the delivery of health care and well-being. The unit also moves the student from being a culturally aware to a culturally safe health professional.
At the conclusion of the Unit, students will be able to:
Online Short Answer Test (1000 words) 20%; Essay (2000 words) 30%; Two Hour Examination (2000 words) 40%; Tutorial Attendance and participation (80% attendance required) 10%.
2 hr lecture/tutorial per week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Rural Health |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | TBA |
This unit, Alcohol and Other Drug (AOD) Issues in Rural Communities explores the context in which AOD use and management occurs in rural areas of Australia. The unit introduces students to current debates and issues in the AOD field and examines responses to these issues in the community and in alcohol and other drug services in rural areas. The focus of the unit is to critically appraise AOD issues and apply these understandings to particular rural communities.
This unit primarily takes the form of a series of case studies or scenarios that highlight particular issues relevant to the unit's broader topic areas. Students are required to respond to the case studies via small research style activities (for example sourcing information from local council or AOD services or studying readings) and then relate the findings to key topic questions in an online forum. The Case Study Discussion Forum will allow information to accrue that provides a valuable resource for use in unit assessment and allows students to interact with the unit advisor, fellow students and practitioners in the field.
Discussion ongoing group forum (40%) Objectives 1-5.
One short Critique (20%) Objective 3.4
Essay (40%) Objective 1- 5
TBA
156 hours; 12 hours per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Rural Health |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Mildura First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Susan Armstrong |
This unit examines health and illness patterns in rural/remote communities and factors that shape these such as differences in culture, social and economic demographics, lifestyle choices and differential access to health care services. Students will learn to critically analyse the psychosocial dimensions of health and relate this to the epidemiological data on health and illness patterns in Australia, including that of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders (ATSI). Students will develop skills in effective evidence based planning for rural health services.
On completion of this unit students are expected to be able to:
Participation in on-line discussions: 10%
Community health services profile: 40%
Assignment: 50%
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | School of Rural Health |
Offered | Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Mildura First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Jenny Moloney |
This unit aims to provide students with introductory counselling skills to assist both themselves and rural clients, families and communities when the need arises for a nurse counselling practitioner. Students will be equipped to respond effectively, while learning professional self care to sustain themselves in their rural context. The unit also incorporates the legal and ethical implications of providing counselling support in a diverse range of small communities where discretional judgement, sensitivity and possible referral may be required.
Having completed this unit it is expected that the student will be able to:
Assignment: 30%
Oral assignment: 20%
Learning portfolio: 50%
TBA
Ms Annette Woodhouse
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Grace Brown |
This subject is an introduction to the profession of Social Work. It will cover the history and contemporary context of practice. Students will be introduced to the values and ethics of the profession, and will consider contemporary issues in the field - such as climate change, Indigenous issues, human rights, diversity, the role/reality of the welfare state, globalization. Sessions will focus on methods of Social Work practice - for instance case work, research, policy development- and/or a field of practice- such as child protection, aged care, drug and alcohol, mental health.
Upon successful completion of this unit the student will be able to:
ASSESSMENT TASK 1
Essay 1,500 words 30%
ASSESSMENT TASK 2
ON CAMPUS:Small group in-class presentation 1,000 words 30%.
OFF CAMPUS LEARNING:Small group (5 students) posting of 1,000 words 30%
ASSESSMENT TASK 3
Individual assignment 2,000 words 40%.
ON CAMPUS: lecture - 1 hour; tutorial/ workshop - 2 hours; reading - 3 hours; preparation of assignments - 3 hours; library and internet searches - 3 hours
OFF CAMPUS LEARNING: On-line and independent workbook based exercises - 3 hours; reading - 3 hours; preparation of assignments - 3 hours; library and internet searches - 3 hours. There is no residential component.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Kerry Brydon |
This unit introduces students to the nature of social work and social issues in contemporary society. A range of intervention methods will be explored and some key contemporary debates explored.
Some of the issues that will be examined will be definitions of social work and reflective practice. Social issues to be considered will include children's issues, disability and ageing. Students will be encouraged to consider case examples and to examine social responses with a view to determining the effectiveness of response.
Upon completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Essay (2500 words in twp parts): 50%
essay (2000 words): 30%
class presentation (equivalent to 1500 words): 20%
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Kerry Brydon |
This unit introduces students to a life course perspective on human development. The course emphasises the importance of human development to social work practice and the development of social work interventions.
Upon completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Essay (2000 words): 30%
Autobiographic analysis (2500 words): 50%
Class presentation (in small groups): 20%
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Kerry Brydon |
This unit introduces students to the context of social work practice. This means that there will be analysis of the impact of globalisation on practice and there will be examination on the links between policy and practice. There will also be discussion of key practice issues and the need to maintain emphasis on professional development.
Some of the topics covered will include globalisation, development of policy, practice issues such as poverty, children's issues and the impact of urban development on practice and policy. Finally there will be examination of professional development with emphasis on supervision and the prevention of professional burnout.
Upon completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Essay (in 2 parts, 2500 words): 50%
Essay (2000 words): 30%
Class presentation: 20%
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Kerry Brydon |
This unit introduces students to key sociological concepts that influence human development and behaviour. A range of areas will be examined including issues of the psychosocial person, the spiritual person and narrative approaches. Social institutions and structures that influence families and communities will be identified and examined.
This unit is intended to complement Introduction to human development A. Introduction to human development A offers a theoretical overview of human development whereas Introduction to human development B seeks to locate the human experience in the social context.
Upon completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Essay (2500 words): 50%
Essay (2000 words): 30%
class presentation: 20%
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
Direct practice skills are an essential component of social welfare practice. This unit offers the opportunity to develop preparatory skills central to the formation of a helping relationship. There will be particular emphasis on working with individuals coming into contact with the child welfare and aged care contexts.
Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:
Classroom participation and role plays 20%
Assignment reviewing student skills development 30% worth of the unit mark.
Analysis of a case study worth 50% of the unit mark.
Students will attend up to three hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete nine hours of independent study each week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
This unit will broadly explore the legal mandate and legal processes through which policies in social welfare are implemented. It will also consider key legal dilemmas that impact on social welfare service delivery.
Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:
One assignment of 2,000 words worth 45% of the unit mark. Report of student attendance at a Court or Tribunal hearing.
One assignment of 2,500 words worth 55% of the unit mark.
Students will attend up to three hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete nine hours of independent study each week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
Students will explore two main areas of welfare provision namely child welfare and aged care. This unit will form one specific basis to guide the students in their choice of specialization for the remainder of their studies.
Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:
One essay of 2,000 words worth 40% of the unit mark and one essay of 2,500 words worth 60% of the unit mark.
Students will attend up to three hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete nine hours of independent study each week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Berwick First semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
This is an introductory unit that introduces students to the theories and contemporary debates concerning social welfare, with particular reference to child welfare and aged care, as well as the institutional and organizational settings of social welfare. Throughout the unit there will be a particular emphasis on the practice settings of child welfare and aged care.
Upon completion of this unit students should be able to:
Assignment of 2,250 words analyzing the nature of social welfare practice in the contemporary setting, worth 50% of the unit mark.
Assignment of 2,250 words outlining a vision for future practice, worth 50% of the unit mark.
Students will attend up to three hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete nine hours of independent study each week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
The unit intends to help students develop knowledge and insight into the everyday activities of community work and the theoretical assumptions that underpin community work and how these relate, in particular, to the child welfare and aged care contexts.
Upon completion of this unit students should be able to:
Assignment of 1,000 words worth 40% of the unit mark - interview of a community development worker or attendance at a community group meeting or forum.
Assignment of 3,500 words worth 60% of the unit mark - analysis of a contemporary community development project
Students will attend up to three hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete nine hours of independent study each week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
This unit investigates the major political and ideological debates that have, and do, influence social welfare provision in historical and contemporary context, particularly with respect to the fields of child welfare or aged care.
Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:
One 1,500 word written analysis of media coverage of a social policy issue worth 40% of the unit mark.
One 3,000 word essay, worth 60% of the unit mark analyzing recent developments in a selected area of policy debate in either child welfare or aged care.
Students will attend up to three hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete nine hours of independent study each week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Berwick Second semester 2013 (Day) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
This unit has two components and focuses on the development of direct assessment, planning and intervention skills utilizing through:
Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:
Students are required to successfully complete both components of the unit in order to pass the unit. The unit is marked as pass grade only (PGO). Students will complete a clinical placement and submit assessment reports and also a number of in-class role play assessments. The fieldwork component is worth 50% of the unit mark and the skills component is worth 50% of the unit mark with each assignment is the skills component worth 25% of the unit mark.
Students will attend up to two hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete one hour of independent study each week. Students are also required to attend a clinical placement agency for a minimum of three days per week for a total of 320 hours during which time they will not be required to attend any on-campus lectures or tutorials.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Caulfield Full year 2013 (Day) Caulfield Full year 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Marija Dragic |
The unit is a structured educational program which provides students with the opportunity to undertake a 14 week field education placement. The placement is undertaken in an organisational or community setting under the supervision of a professional and experienced Social Worker. Placement starts on the 10th June and finishes on the 13th September 2013.
The purpose of supervised professional practice is to enable students to operationalise the professional social work role. In doing so, students are expected to be able to conceptualise, articulate and explain the progress they are making in relation to their development of a professional social work identity. Placements provide students with an opportunity to reflect on and apply theory that they learn at University to practice under the supervision of a social worker.
While on placement for 70 days, students are required to complete:
Learning Agreement and Assessment Report
Mid Placement oral presentation
Case study or report of 1500 words
Critical learning analysis of 1500 words
This unit is pass grade only (PGO).
14 weeks full time placement
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Robyn Mason |
This unit is an introduction to the field of social work, its history, theory and knowledge base, ethics, and role in the human services. The application of social work research knowledge in tackling disadvantage is highlighted.
At the conclusion of this unit students should be able to understand and debate the nature of social work, its role and function in society; to begin to critically analyse that role; to understand and debate the role of ethics in social work; and to articulate the role of research in tackling human disadvantage.
Essay (2250 words): 50% Essay (2250 words): 50%
3 hours per week
Completion of 48 Points at tertiary level. Social Work units are available only within the context of the Bachelor of Social Work degree, or with permission.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Monash Passport category | Research Challenge (Investigate Program) |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Catherine Flynn |
This unit covers the place of research in social work and in the development of social work knowledge; the process and utilisation of social work research, the most commonly used social work research techniques and skills, emphasising how the various quantitative and qualitative methods may be synthesised within the one research project, and quantitative and qualitative data analysis.
After studying this unit students should be able to articulate the place of research in social work; understand and articulate the most commonly used research techniques in social work and the skills required to implement them; demonstrate the ability to critically evaluate existing research literature and understand and demonstrate the capacity to use common data analysis techniques.
Three assessment tasks:
Assessment task 1: 750 words (15%) - Critique of a published research article
Assessment task 2: 1500 words (35%) - Identification of social problem, review of literature and development of a research question
Assessment task 3: 2250 words (50%) - Proposed methodology
3 hours per week
Completion of 48 points at first-year level. Social Work units are available only within the context of the Bachelor of Social work degree, or with permission.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Uschi Bay |
This unit introduces students to direct social work practice with individuals. It examines the nature and definition of direct social work practice; examines some of the value-based and contentious issues in social work practice; considers some of the theories which have influenced direct social work practice; and examines a problem solving model for working with individuals. It also provides an opportunity for students to apply social work skills in small group class exercises and role-plays.
At the conclusion of this course students will be able to:
A class examination or essay (2 hours): 50%
Role play: 10%
Analysis of role play (1,800 words): 40%Students must gain 50 percent for theory (examination or essay) and 50 percent for practice (role play and analysis of role play) and practice sections in order to pass this unit.
3 hours per week
Social Work units are available only within the context of the Bachelor of Social Work degree, or with permission.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Uschi Bay |
A life course approach to human development with particular emphasis on life stage transitions, including death, variations in human behaviour, and the impact of specific life crises, and consideration of the implications for social work practice.
Students who have completed this unit should be able to understand and explain the specific developmental tasks confronting individuals throughout the lifespan, including the courses of variation in individual development; critically evaluate the values and assumptions underpinning various theoretical approaches to human development; demonstrate an awareness of the impact of gender, disability, sexuality, class and culture on development, as well as the impact on individuals of non-normative events such as family violence and family breakdown; and be able to apply this knowledge to professional, ethical social work practice.
Assignment (2000 words): 40%
Assignment: 60%.
3 hours per week
Completion of 48 points at first-year level. Social Work units are available only within the context of the Bachelor of Social Work degree, or with permission.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
The group work aspects of the unit examine the historical aspects of the development of group work including group leadership styles, establishment and termination of groups. The family work aspects consider family work from a variety of theoretical frameworks and make links for the delivery of family work in direct practice in organizational context. Throughout the unit there will be exploration of the ways the various concepts may apply in child welfare or aged care.
Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:
One group assignment of 2,000 words worth 40% of the unit mark; one individual assignment of 1,500 words worth 40% of the unit mark; one reflective journal of 1,000 words worth 20% of the unit mark.
Students will attend up to three hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete nine hours of independent study each week.
Bachelor of Social Welfare students only
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
The unit will equip students with basic research techniques, emphasizing how the various quantitative and qualitative methods may be synthesized within one research project and the ways in which data may be analyzed.
Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:
One critique of a published research article, 750 words worth 15% of the unit mark.
Identification of a social problem and review of literature and development of the research question. 1500 words worth 35% of the unit mark.
Development of proposed methodology, 2,250 words worth 50% of the unit mark.
Students will attend up to three hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete nine hours of independent study each week.
Available to Bachelor of Social Welfare students only
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
This unit will examine historical and contemporary trends in the definition and understanding of child abuse. The unit will also consider legal and policy frameworks for protecting children and critical practice issues such as risk assessment and risk management.
Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:
specific reference to the needs of indigenous children and their families.
One assignment (equivalent 2000 words) worth 40% of the unit mark.
One assignment of 2500 words worth 60% of the unit mark.
Students will attend up to three hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete nine hours of independent study each week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
This unit will focus on developing an understanding of the complexity of risk that is present in many instances and ways to address such risk that takes into account professional skills and the interplay of personal, structural, policy and legal frameworks.
Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:
special needs groups including, but not limited to, indigenous children and young people and children and young people with dual diagnoses;
Analysis if a case study, 2000 words and worth 45% of the unit mark.
Literature review of 2500 words worth 55% of the unit mark.
Students will attend up to three hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete nine hours of independent study each week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
This unit will examine historical and contemporary trends in the definition and understanding of elder abuse. The unit will also consider legal and policy frameworks for protecting older people and critical practice issues such as risk assessment and risk management.
Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:
strategies and inter-agency collaboration; and
One assignment (equivalent 2,000 words) worth 40% of the unit mark.
One assignment of 2,500 words worth 60% of the unit mark.
Students will attend up to three hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete nine hours of independent study each week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
This unit will focus on developing an understanding of the complexity of risk and client characteristics that are present in many instances and ways to address such risk that takes into account professional skills and the interplay of personal, structural, policy and legal frameworks.
Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:
Analysis if a case study. 2,000 words and worth 45% of the unit mark.
Literature review of 2,500 words worth 55% of the unit mark.
Students will attend up to three hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete nine hours of independent study each week.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
This unit builds on the theoretical and practice learning gained in SWK2160 Social welfare direct practice and skills 1 as well as from other units in the course. It is expected that students completing this unit will demonstrate a level of skills and knowledge that enables them to be considered beginning social welfare practitioners.
Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:
Students are required to successfully complete both components of the unit in order to pass the unit. The unit is marked as pass grade only (PGO). Students will complete a clinical placement and submit assessment reports and also a number of in-calls role play assessments. The fieldwork component is worth 50% of the unit mark and the skills component is worth 50% of the unit mark with each assignment is the skills component worth 25% of the unit mark.
Students will attend up to two hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete one hour of independent study each week. Students are also required to attend a clinical placement agency for a minimum of three days per week for a total of 320 hours during which time they will not be required to attend any on-campus lectures or tutorials.
Students must be enrolled in Bachelor of Social Welfare and satisfactorily undertake National Police Checks and Working with Children checks(where WWC is required by the organization).
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
Most social welfare practitioners deliver their services in an organizational setting. In order to work effectively it is important to understand organizational processes and the ways these may impact on practice. This unit studies organizational theory and structure and research knowledge about organizations as the basis for assessing social welfare organizations. The unit will have a focus on child welfare and aged care organizations.
Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:
One essay 1500 words worth 40% of the unit mark.
One major essay of 3000 words worth 60% of the unit mark.
Students will attend up to three hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete nine hours of independent study each week.
Must be enrolled in Bachelor of Social Welfare
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
On the basis that the young and the elderly are particularly vulnerable to such global trends some topics in this unit will be delivered jointly with students undertaking SWK3390. The unit will explore global issues relating to child welfare, including, but not limited to, child labour, child sex trafficking, the role of children in armed conflict and international adoption.
Upon completion of this unit students should be able to:
not limited to, global poverty, climate change, the gendered construction of roles in society, and mass movement of people;
trafficking, international adoption, and the role of children in armed conflict; and
One hurdle assignment 500 words.
Two assignments each of 2000 words and each worth 50% of the unit mark.
Students will attend up to three hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete nine hours of independent study each week.
Bachelor of Social Welfare students - SWK3320 and SWK3330.
Bachelor of Health Promotion students - SWK2120. Consult with Bachelor of Health Promotion course coordinator and then contact the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences at Berwick campus to enrol.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Not offered in 2013 |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Kerry Brydon |
On the basis that the young and the elderly are particularly vulnerable to such global trends some topics in this unit will be delivered jointly with students undertaking SWK3380. The unit will explore global issues relating to aged care, including, but not limited to, cross-cultural approaches to aging, implications of movement of people to urban areas, and the implications of the movement of people across borders for employment.
Upon completion of this unit students should be able to:
knowledge and critically review how such issues may influence local practice.
One hurdle assignment 500 words.
Two assignments each of 2000 words and each worth 50% of the unit mark.
Students will attend up to three hours of direct teaching classes per week and are expected to complete nine hours of independent study each week.
Bachelor of Social Welfare students - SWK3340 and SWK3350.
Bachelor of Health Promotion students - SWK2120. Consult with the Bachelor of Health Promotion course coordinator and then contact the Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences Berwick campus to enrol.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Uschi Bay |
This unit covers child, adolescent and adult development with an emphasis on the development of resilience across the life course. A particular focus is on relevant contextual factors at individual, family, community and societal levels that impede or enhance development. The unit includes a social work practice theory section that provides an orientation to the theory of direct social work practice with individuals and families focusing on one to one work with individuals and on working with family groups. The unit has a skills component that includes assessment, engagement and the development of intervention strategies through the use of role plays, case studies.
At the completion of this unit students should be able to:
and critically reflective on your own social work practice
Critical reflection on the life-span (1000 words)
Case study analysis that asks student to apply the theoretical knowledge learned to a typical social work client situation (2,000 words)
A biopsychosocial assessment of a child, adolescent or adult (2,000 words)
Completion of a role play assessment activity (1,000 words)
On-campus students will attend five hours of face to face contact per week that will include three hours of lecturers and two hours of tutorials. Fours hours will be spent on online activities and eleven hours will be spent on private study.
Off-campus students participate in 20 hours residential workshops, four hours per week on online activities and 18 hours per week on private study. Off-campus students are required to attend a compulsory on-campus workshop for successful completion of this unit, where social work practice skills will be facilitated and practiced. Mandatory attendance is required by off-campus students for a 3 day workshop which is held at the Caulfield campus in the first week of June.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Philip Mendes & Dr Robyn Mason |
This unit explores the concept of 'community' and its applications in Australian society; the theory and practice of the various community work models (social planning, community development and social action); the role of community work in social work activities; and the skills involved in the practice of community work.
On completion of this unit students should be able to understand and evaluate different perspectives on the nature of community; understand and evaluate the different models of community work, their ideological bases and the skills they involve; and apply this knowledge to the practice of community work within social work setting.
Interview with community development worker (1000 words): 30%
Essay (3500 words): 70%
Mandatory attendance is required by off-campus students for a 1 day workshop which is held at the Caulfield campus in September.
SWK4410
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Grace Brown |
This unit will introduce students to an understanding of leadership in the human services in Australia as a requirement for social work practice, one that is not always understood or accepted professionally. The human services sector is expanding in the numbers of its component organisations, both governmental and non-governmental, and in the size and complexity of the component parts. Leadership of social change and social justice in the human services is now at a premium, having been given little attention in the past or currently. Little is known of leadership requirements in this sector particularly as contrasted with other service sectors. Students undertaking this unit will be introduced to theories of leadership of human-service organisations, their programs and policies, and leadership of the new organisational phenomena in this sector, large community service departments, non-governmental consortia, and advocacy organisations. They will also be introduced to other notions of leadership in social work - leadership through research, advocacy and community action.
Subsequently, theories of leadership will be placed against the experiences and views of current social work leaders in this sector, who will be active participants in this unit, so that students gain some understanding of what leadership comprises, what priority actual leaders place on the various aspects of leadership, and what research and theory underpins actual leadership in the policy development, planning and delivery of social services today.
Students will be required to complete two written assignments:
1.A critical analysis of contemporary leadership theories in the light of presentations in the classroom and conveyed online, from social work leaders during the unit (2000 words, 40%). This assessment is formative and summative and relates to objectives 1,2 and 3.
2.An assessment of their own actual and potential contribution to social work leadership, based on critical reflection on practice experience, current data on leadership in a specific field of practice and analysis of relevant literature (2500 words, 60%). This assessment is summative and relates to objectives 4, 5 and 6.Students must pass both assessment tasks in order to complete the unit successfully.
3 hours per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) Caulfield Full year 2013 (Day) Caulfield Full year 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Catherine Flynn |
The honours research methods unit introduces students to the theoretical methodological and ethical issues that underpin social work research. It provides direction and guidance to honours students in identifying a meaningful research question and develops the skills and knowledge students need to develop a research proposal. It re-introduces students to quantitative and qualitative research frameworks and data analysis techniques they need to both undertake their study and write a research report.
Completion of the research proposal - literature review and methodology (4,500 words) and submission of relevant ethics application: 100%
OCDL students are required to attend at least one on campus workshop.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Catherine Flynn |
This unit provides students with the opportunity to deliver a presentation on their research study. Students will describe the research method and data analysis plan for their honours study. The feedback students receive on their presentation assists in the development of the final version of their research report.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Hurdle requirement - presentation. Students are required to give an oral presentation of their project (in class, or online for distance students)
Written presentation of the study's findings and discussion of these in the context of prior research (Results and Discussion): 100%
SWK4001. Social Work units are available only within the context of the Bachelor of Social Work degree, or with permission.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Catherine Flynn |
This unit is the preparation for submission of the honours thesis of 10,000 words (minimum length). The dissertation is the final version of the research project undertaken by the student during the honours programme. The research project involves addressing a meaningful research question and selecting an appropriate method that draws on quantitative and qualitative data collection and analysis to gather the findings that complete the research project. The honours thesis is examined by a member of the academic staff (not the supervisor) and a second examiner within the Department of Social Work.
On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Presentation of the honours dissertation (10,000 - 12,000 words): 100%
Available to students enrolled in Honours degree of Bachelor of Social Work only
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Bernadette Saunders |
On completion of the unit students will be able to:
Report(1500 words, 40%)
Essay (3000 words, 60%)
The unit runs for 12 weeks. Students are expected to undertake 144 hours per semester study. Students are expected to use their study time to attend on-campus lectures/workshops; undertake tasks set out in Moodle, which include set readings; visit a court and/or agency; and complete two assignment tasks; a report (1500 words - 40%) and an essay (3000 words - 60%).
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Marija Dragic |
This unit uses a range of case studies to assist the student in working through the complex issues faced by many social work clients. The unit asks the students to reflect on their knowledge and theory to draw upon appropriate assessment and intervention techniques for a range of social work situation.
On completion of this unit, students will be able to:
Assignment 1: 1500words - 40%
Assignment 2: 3000 words - 60%
On campus students will be required to attend a 2 hour lecture per week and undertake 10 hours of private research and study.
Off-campus students are expected to undertake 144 hours per semester in private study, completing readings and other tasks as outlined on the Blackboard site in the off-campus Unit Guide, and to complete three assignment tasks.
SWK3180 for 2012
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Marija Dragic |
This unit uses a range of case studies to assist the student in working through the complex issues faced by many social work clients. The unit asks the students to reflect on their knowledge and theory to draw upon appropriate assessment and intervention techniques for a range of social work situations.
One oral presentation (70%):
Students will individually present an analysis of their proposed Honours study focusing on the following key areas:
1. Articulating the position of the researcher in the research: reflecting on how or if their values and beliefs have affected their interpretation of the topic and how these are to be managed in their study (Meets Learning Objectives 1 and 2)
2. Identify issues of complexity and diversity in their proposed study (Meets Learning Objective 3)
3. Present a strategy for responding to likely diversity in their Honours study, based on an understanding of relevant theory and models of practice
This assessment is both summative - requiring students to demonstrate self awareness, an understanding of diversity and responses to this; and formative - students will engage with ideas which they will develop further in the Honours dissertation (SWK4003)
One written paper (30%): outlining the oral presentation.
This can either be a formal written essay (Word limit 1000 words) or a PowerPoint presentation (Limit 10 slides).
2 hour weekly lecture
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Deborah Western |
This unit requires students to work in groups, develop a relationship with a community organisation and develop a group based project. The unit has a focus on the theory and practice of groupwork, including the historical development of this social work method, planning and implementing a groupwork program, communication in groups, group leadership and facilitation and managing group dynamics. Students will also learn to establish and negotiate relationships with organisational personnel in the field, analyse and manage group processes and successfully complete a 'real-world' group project. The unit will introduce students to community engagement, processes of project management and practice challenges in the field.
A structured reflective journal (2500 words): 60% (assessing objectives 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5)
Contribution to a group project report (2000 words): 40% (assessing objectives (6, 7 and 8)
The unit runs for 12 weeks. Students are expected to undertake 144 hours of study per semester. Students are expected to use their study time to attend on-campus lectures and workshops, undertake include set readings for each topic and complete the assessment tasks.
Mandatory attendance is required by off-campus students for a 2 day workshop which is held at the Caulfield campus in early April (date to be advised at the beginning of semester one).
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Melissa Petrakis |
This unit provides an ecological approach to the understanding of contemporary health and mental health concerns that impact on the individuals and families who come to the attention of social work. The subject incorporates weekly direct practice skills seminars to develop key skills for effective social work practice in the health and mental health fields. Social Work interfaces with a range of clients and practice contexts in community health and mental health, in disability, in drug and alcohol settings, in rural and regional settings.
At successful completion of this unit students will be able to:
Completion of three assignment tasks: a literature review (2,500 words, 25%), a case study (2,500 words, 25%) and a major assignment (4,000 words, 50%). Students must pass all assessment tasks to successfully complete the unit
Dr Melissa Petrakis & Associate Professor Rosemary Sheehan
The unit runs for 8 weeks. Students are expected to undertake 312 hours per semester study. Students are expected to use their study time to attend on-campus lectures and workshops, undertake the weekly unit tasks as set out in the Unit Outline and in the off-campus Unit Guide, which include set readings.
Mandatory attendance is required by off-campus students for a 3 day workshop which is held at the Caulfield campus in September.
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Philip Mendes and Dr Grace Brown |
This unit will introduce students to an understanding of leadership in the human services in Australia as a requirement for social work practice, one that is not always understood or accepted professionally. Students undertaking this unit will be introduced to theories of leadership of human service organisations, their programs and policies, and leadership of the new organisational phenomena in this sector, large community service departments, non-governmental consortia, and advocacy organisations. They will also be introduced to notions of leadership in social work - leadership through research, advocacy and community action.
In addition, the unit provides students with an advanced understanding of social policy including progressive and conservative critiques of the welfare state, an introduction to the relationship between globalisation and the welfare state, and an introduction to key welfare advocacy and lobby groups such as the Australian Association of Social Workers, the Australian Council of Social Service, and Christian welfare organisations.
Essay (2500 words): 50%
Essay (2500 words): 50%
Associate Professor Philip Mendes and Dr Grace Brown
2 hours per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Assoc. Prof. Philip Mendes and Grace Brown |
Honours students will be introduced to an understanding of leadership in the human services in Australia as a requirement for social work practice, one that is not always understood or accepted professionally. Students undertaking this unit will be introduced to theories of leadership of human service organisations, their programs and policies, and leadership of the new organisational phenomena in this sector, large community service departments, non-governmental consortia, and advocacy organisations. They will also be introduced to notions of leadership in social work - leadership through research, advocacy and community action.
In addition, the unit provides students with an advanced understanding of social policy including progressive and conservative critiques of the welfare state, an introduction to the relationship between globalisation and the welfare state, and an introduction to key welfare advocacy and lobby groups such as the Australian Association of Social Workers, the Australian Council of Social Service, and Christian welfare organisations.
One oral presentation (70%):
Students will individually present an analysis of their proposed Honours study focusing on the following key areas:
1. The theoretical, political and policy context of the problem they are examining (Meets Learning Objective 6, 7, 8)
2. Relevant leadership theories and styles which could be utilised to implement their study in the human services sector (Meets Learning Objectives 1, 2)
3. The challenges to 'leadership through research' in the current human services sector and strategies for addressing these (Meets Learning Objectives 3, 4, 5)
This assessment is both summative - requiring students to demonstrate understanding of the social and practical context of their research; and formative - students will engage with ideas which they will develop further in the Honours dissertation (SWK4003)
One written paper (30%): outlining the oral presentation.
This can either be a formal written essay (Word limit 1000 words) or a PowerPoint presentation (Limit 10 slides).
2 hours per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Dr Philip Mendes |
Students will be introduced to the specific role of social work in social policy analysis, practice and advocacy. Areas covered will include key theories in social policy, understanding the link between social policy and the goals and values of social work, ideological critiques of the welfare state and their implications for particular policy areas, the role of lobby groups in social policy debates, and the link between local and global welfare trends.
1A) Analysis of current newspaper or journal opinion piece, 20 per cent of grade, 1000 words, meets learning objectives 1 and 3.
B) Analysis of an area of current Australian social policy, 80 per cent of grade, 3500 words, meets learning objectives 2 and 4-8.
2 hours per week
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield First semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield First semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Assoc. Prof. Philip Mendes |
Honours students will be introduced to the specific role of social work in social policy analysis, practice and advocacy. Areas covered will include key theories in social policy, understanding the link between social policy and the goals and values of social work, ideological critiques of the welfare state and their implications for particular policy areas, the role of lobby groups in social policy debates, and the link between local and global welfare trends.
One oral presentation (70%):
Students will individually present an analysis of their proposed Honours study focusing on the following key areas:
1. The theoretical, philosophical and political context of the problem they are examining (Meets Learning Objectives 2, 3 and 7)
2. The intersection of their chosen study topic with current social policy: how their topic is both informed by and can inform policy (Meets Learning Objectives 1, 4, 5, 6, 8 )
One written paper (30%): outlining the oral presentation.
This can either be a formal written essay (Word limit 1000 words) or a PowerPoint presentation (Limit 10 slides).
12 hours per week
Two hour weekly lecture
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Associate Professor Rosemary Sheehan |
This unit will introduce students to an understanding of leading sustainable and healthy change in Australia as a requirement for social work practice, with particular emphasis on mental health. Because of the significant social impacts of mental health on health living, this unit provides a social work perspective on the link between people, communities and the policy environment.
This unit examines these perspectives and the potential social work response. It draws on frameworks for practice with a particular emphasis on mental health, and examines policy responses and how these are potentially shaped by key stakeholders and leaders to the exclusion of others. Critical concepts are mental health, social inclusion, resilience and well-being. The unit draws out ways for social workers to become critical change agents.
Group task (1500 words): 30%
Journal critique (1500 words): 30%
At home exam (2000 words):40%
2 hours per week
SWK4420 Individual, Health & Society
Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.
Level | Undergraduate |
Faculty | Faculty of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences |
Organisational Unit | Department of Social Work |
Offered | Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Day) Caulfield Second semester 2013 (Off-campus) Caulfield Full year 2013 (Day) Caulfield Full year 2013 (Off-campus) |
Coordinator(s) | Ms Marija Dragic |
The unit is a structured educational program which provides students with the opportunity to undertake a 14 week field education placement. The placement is undertaken in an organisational or community setting under the supervision of a professional and experienced Social Worker. Placement starts on the 16 September and finishes on the 20 December 2013.
This is the final opportunity for Supervised Professional Practice before qualifying as a social worker. The expectation is that students will refine, expand and consolidate the competency that they achieved in their first placement and that by completion of final placement will be able to practise as an independent, responsible and reflective Social Work practitioner.
While on placement for 70 days, students are required to complete:
Learning Agreement and Assessment Report
Mid Placement oral presentation
Case study or report of 1500 words
Critical learning analysis of 1500 words
This unit is pass grade only (PGO).
14 weeks full time placement